Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

adv Lat after the fact

  • 1 post festum

    Hrvatski-Engleski rječnik > post festum

  • 2 ὡς

    ὡς:—Summary:
    A as ADVERB of Manner.
    Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.
    Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.
    Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.
    Ad ὡς temporal, when.
    Ae ὡς Local, where,
    B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.
    C, D various usages.
    A ADVERB of Manner:
    Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;

    ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20

    a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;

    ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888

    , al.
    2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;

    οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386

    : the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);

    κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11

     (iv A. D.);

    δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160

     (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.

    καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1

     (iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.
    3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;

    οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151

    -5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.
    4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.
    Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (

    φὴ Zenod.

    ): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:
    I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by

    ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462

    :

    ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389

    , cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;

    ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2

    : ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;

    θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78

    ;

    οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299

    : where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,

    Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151

    , cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.
    2 like as, just as,

    ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326

    , v. supr. Aa. 3.
    3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)

    οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344

    ; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)

    εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105

    ;

    τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130

    ; so in Trag.,

    σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124

    ;

    ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60

    ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;

    τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72

    ; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)

    βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9

     (Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.
    4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;

    ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c

    ; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.
    II with Adverbial clauses:
    1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)

    τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5

    , cf. 1.65;

    ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76

    ; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.
    2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3)

    ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395

     (lyr.); so

    ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41

     and

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2

    ; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as

    οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8

    ; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31;

    ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1

    ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;

    μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20

    , cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;

    ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31

    ; also with

    ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135

     codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.
    3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,

    ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88

    ;

    ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25

    ;

    ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d

    .— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.
    III with Adverbs:
    a with the Posit.,

    ὡς ἀληθῶς

     truly,

    Pl.Phdr. 234e

     (cf.

    ἀληθής 111.1b

    : as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452;

    ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34

     (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);

    ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9

    , 340.2;

    ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26

    ;

    ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27

    , D.6.32;

    ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53

     (iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.
    b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as

    θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c

    , cf. Phd. 99d.
    c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,

    ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141

    , etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;

    ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189

    ; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,

    ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153

    ;

    ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50

    ;

    μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d

    ; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,

    ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a

    ;

    βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17

     (ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.
    d with [comp] Comp.,

    ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1

    , 3.82.1.
    e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,

    ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34

    ; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;

    ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50

    , etc.;

    ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17

    .
    2 with Adjs.,
    a Posit.,

    ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d

    .
    Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,

    μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3

    , cf. Pl.R. 365a;

    ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84

    , etc.;

    οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1

    ; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,

    οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75

    .
    2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;

    αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350

    .
    Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,

    ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600

    : with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,

    ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17

    : rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,

    τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172

    , cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;

    ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170

     ([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;

    ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2

    : less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,

    ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424

    ;

    ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294

    ; also

    ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396

    ;

    Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74

    ; the second ὣς is repeated,

    ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41

     (ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.
    2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in

    ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330

    ,

    ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117

    ; cf.

    ὥσπερ 111.1

    : but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,

    ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35

    , 36;

    ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10

    , cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,

    τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89

     B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).
    Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).
    B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:
    I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.
    II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.
    III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.
    IV Causal, since, because.
    I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,

    γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402

    , cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,

    προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22

    : with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,

    μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in

    ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168

    ): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,

    κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69

    , cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.
    2 with Verbs of feeling,

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648

    ;

    ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600

    .
    II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,

    βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37

    ;

    τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83

    ;

    ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464

    ;

    [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    . b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)

    κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

    2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;

    ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23

    ; cf.

    ἵνα B. 1.3

    ,

    ὅπως B. 1.3

    .
    3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95

    , cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.

    ἔπος 11.4

    ; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;

    ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36

     (so without

    ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61

    ), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.
    III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;

    ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184

    ; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;

    ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75

    ;

    οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d

    ;

    ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13

    ; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,

    οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135

    , cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.
    2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,

    μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113

    ;

    μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d

    ; cf.

    ὥστε B. 1.2

    : with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.
    3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;

    ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31

    .
    IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,

    τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914

    , cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,

    μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46

    .
    2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.
    C [full] ὡς before
    I Participles;
    II Prepositions; and
    III ὡς itself as a Preposition.
    I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,

    ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430

     (v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,

    διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28

    , cf. 91;

    παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7

    , etc.;

    δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242

    ;

    ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325

     (troch.): in questions,

    παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b

    ;

    ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557

    ; with vbs. of knowing,

    ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91

    ; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.
    2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672;

    ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253

    ;

    τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e

    ;

    ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e

    , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;

    νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32

    ;

    κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202

     (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,

    τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.
    3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,

    νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144

    ; ἐρώτα

    ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9

    ;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281

    , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,

    μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e

    , cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,

    ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25

    , cf. Pl.R. 604b.
    II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;

    φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11

    ; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;

    ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61

    ;

    πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58

    ;

    τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44

    : in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:

    ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28

    ; also

    ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c

    ;

    ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101

    .
    b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,

    προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8

    , cf. 13.1.22;

    ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1

    , cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)

    ἰόντων Id.8.3.32

    .
    III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom.,

    ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218

     (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.

    αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10

    ; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,

    ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121

    .έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5

    , etc.;

    ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79

    ;

    ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;

    ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121

    ; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.

    ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36

     (ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;

    ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242

    : in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.
    D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:
    I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;

    φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316

    ; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;

    ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6

    , 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.
    2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.

    ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279

    ;

    ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488

     (troch.).
    II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,

    ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107

    ;

    ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47

    , cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt.,

    ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444

    ;

    ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281

    .
    E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,

    σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5

    ; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.

    μάλα 111.5

    ), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,

    δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7

    ; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;

    δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30

    , cf. An.5.4.12; cf.

    ὡσεί 111

    .
    F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:
    1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.

    ἵνα B.11.3c

    .
    2 know that (sc. ἴσθι)

    , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ;

    ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400

    , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,

    ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32

    , cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also

    ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119

    .
    3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),

    ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57

    , cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;

    ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114

    ; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους)

    οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31

    , cf. 79;

    ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9

    , al.; rarely with a Verb,

    ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29

    , cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows

    ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3

    :—for the etymology v. infr. H; also

    ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74

     (v. infr. H).
    G [full] ὡς pleonast. in

    ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14

    , 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.
    H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.

    ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς

  • 3 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 4 εἰμί

    A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.

    εἰς Od.17.388

    , al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor.

    ἐσσί Il.1.176

    , Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134;

    ἐσί GDI4959a

    ; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor.

    ἐντί IG12(1).677

     ([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dual

    ἐστόν Th.3.112

    ; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60),

    ἐμέν Call.Fr. 294

    , [dialect] Dor.

    εἰμές Theoc.15.73

    , but

    ἠμέν GDI5178.34

    ; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor.

    ἐντί Pi.N.1.24

    , Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι (

    ἔσθι Hecat.361

     J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. form

    ἔσσο Od.3.200

    , Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Prose

    ἔσο Plu.2.241d

    , M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω (

    ἤτω LXXPs.103.31

    , and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean

    ἤστω Schwyzer 424

    ; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, but

    ἔστων Hom.

    , Pl.R. 502a,

    ὄντων Id.Lg. 879b

    , and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔω Od.9.18

    ; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἔῃ Il.12.300

    ,al. (also

    ἔῃσι 2.366

    , al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot.

    ἔνθω IG7.3172.165

    ,

    μετείω Il.23.47

     and perh.

    εἴῃ 9.245

    , etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.

    ὦντι SIG940.3

     ([place name] Crete),

    ἔωντι GDI5040.14

     ([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot.

    ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46

     (iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης (

    εἴησθα Thgn.715

    ), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl.

    εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133

     ([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual

    εἴτην Pl. Prm. 149e

    , Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl.

    εἶμεν E.Alc. 921

     (lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl.

    εἶτε Od. 21.195

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    εἶεν Il.2.372

    , etc.,

    εἴησαν Hdt.1.2

    , etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc.

    ἦναι SIG306.9

     (Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol.

    ἔμμεν' Sapph.34

    ), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also

    ἔμειν SIG1166

     ([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara),

    ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16

    , Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν or

    ἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15

    , al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar.

    εἴμεναι Ar.Ach. 775

    ,

    εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100

     ([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr.

    ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23

     H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem.

    ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116

     (Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem.

    ἔσσα Sapph.75.4

    , IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16,

    ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265

    ,

    ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9

    , Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62,

    εὖσα Erinn.5.5

     (also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16,

    εὔντων 2.85

    ),

    ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d

    , IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene),

    ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47

    ; acc. sg.

    εὖντα Theoc.2.3

    ; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl.

    ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117

    ; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl.

    παρ-έντων Alcm. 64

    : [tense] impf.

    ἦν Il.2.77

    , etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion.

    ἔᾱ Il.4.321

    , al.,

    ἔας Hdt.1.187

    ,

    ἔατε Id.4.119

    ); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al.,

    ἦσθας Men.Epit. 156

    , [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.

    ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1

    , Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dual

    ἤστην Il.5.10

    , E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl.

    ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21

    ; [ per.] 2pl.

    ἦτε Pl.Euthd. 276c

    ,

    ἦστε Ar. Pax 821

    , Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol.

    ἔον Schwyzer 644.12

    ; later

    ἤμην PSI4.362.21

     (iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg.

    ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379

     ([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg.

    ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7

     ([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl.

    ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11

     (iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj.

    ὦμαι PBaden 48.12

     (ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (but

    ἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113

    ), inf.

    ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57

    .—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.
    A as the Subst. Verb,
    I of persons, exist,

    οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437

    ; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.;

    τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289

    ; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289;

    θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290

    ; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119;

    κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284

    ; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c;

    ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72

    , cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities,

    ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292

    , cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand,

    τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25

    ; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office,

    ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4

    (ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.
    II of the real world, be, opp. become,

    γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d

    , etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.;

    οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.

    ;

    ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28

    ; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.
    2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen,

    τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70

    ;

    ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13

    , etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58;

    αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118

    ; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.
    III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30;

    τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8

    ; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11;

    τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2

    .
    IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one,

    οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348

    ;

    οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903

    ; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65;

    ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67

    ;

    ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14

    ; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases,

    ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187

    ;

    ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65

    ; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.;

    οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61

    , cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188;

    οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e

    , etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.
    V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was,

    τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321

    ; (but in

    ἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46

    , cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.);

    ἦν δ' ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες S.Tr. 520

     (lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq.

    ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26

    , cf. 7.34;

    ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a

    ; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.
    VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible,

    ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246

    ;

    ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392

    ; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193;

    τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055

     (anap.);

    ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13

    , cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj.,

    ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7

    ;

    μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91

    : more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf.,

    ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96

    ;

    ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757

    : sts. not impers. in this sense,

    θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419

    .
    B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import,

    τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d

    ; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est;

    Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17

    : with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.
    2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179;

    εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299

    ;

    πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473

    ;

    δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68

    ;

    κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36

    : with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom.,

    βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211

    ; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part.,

    ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371

    ;

    φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136

    ;

    εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330

    ; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708;

    λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179

    ;

    ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313

    ;

    πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b

    ;

    βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36

    ; freq. in Hdt.,

    ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57

    , al.; even

    εἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49

     (s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171;

    αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798

    ;

    δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197

     (anap.).
    C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:
    I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate,

    ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122

    , etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82;

    σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532

    ;

    διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424

    ; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551;

    εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89

    , cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.;

    ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30

    .
    II c. gen., to express descent or extraction,

    πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109

    ;

    αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611

    , cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.;

    πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19

    .
    d to express that a thing belongs to another,

    Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269

    ;

    τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117

    , etc.: hence, to be of the party of,

    ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56

    , cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of,

    ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917

    .
    e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940;

    τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16

    ; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.
    III with the dat., ἐστί μοι I have, freq. in Hom., etc.
    3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108;

    οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35

    ;

    προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46

    ;

    θέλοντι S.OT 1356

     (lyr.);

    ἡδομένοις Pl.La. 187c

    .
    IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9;

    εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d

    ; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.
    2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.
    3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state,

    ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22

    ; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.;

    ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218

    ; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.
    b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963;

    ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314

    ; so also

    ἐπί τινι Id.Ph. 1003

    , X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.
    4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73;

    εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25

    ; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through,

    διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20

    .
    6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3;

    εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3

    ; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.;

    εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7

    , etc.
    7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).
    8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.
    9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.
    10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.
    D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.
    E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,
    1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών)

    κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32

    ;

    εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c

    ; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58;

    τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ;

    τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9

    ;

    κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a

    ; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.
    F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,
    1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64;

    Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359

    ; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169;

    ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330

    ;

    ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79

    ; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.
    G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic for

    ἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27

    , cf. 6.18; also

    ἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰμί

  • 5 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 6 ὁ

    ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

     (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

     ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

     ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

     ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

     ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

     (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

     (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

     ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

     the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

     ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

     ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

     : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

     ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

     ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

     ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

     ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

     (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

     III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

     ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

     ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

     : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

     II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

     : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

     ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

     ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

     ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

     :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

     in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

     ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

     ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

     ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

     ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

     : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

     ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

     : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

     codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

     the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

     ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

     ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

     ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

     ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

     ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

     ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

     ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

     ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

     ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

     ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

     : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

     ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

     that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

     ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

     ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

     ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

     ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ

  • 7 εἴδω

    εἴδω, no [voice] Act. [tense] pres. in use, ὁράω being used:—[voice] Med., v.infr. A.11: [tense] aor. 2 [full] εἶδον always in sense of
    A see (so in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., to be seen, i.e. seem): but [tense] pf. [full] οἶδα, in [tense] pres. sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, cf. ([etym.] ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Lat. videre; with ([etym.] ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Skt. véda, Goth. wait, OE. wát 'know'.)
    A [tense] aor. 2 εἶδον (late

    εἶδα Orph.A. 118

    ), serving as [tense] aor. to ὁράω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδον, iter.

    ἴδεσκε Il.3.217

    , late [dialect] Aeol.

    εὔιδον Epigr.Gr.990.11

     ([place name] Balbilla); imper. ἴδε (in [dialect] Att. written as Adv. ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετε; subj. ἴδω, [dialect] Ep.

    ἴδωμι Il.18.63

    ; opt. ἴδοιμι; inf. ἰδεῖν, [dialect] Ep. ἰδέειν; part. ἰδών: hence, [tense] fut.

    ἰδησῶ Theoc.3.37

    :—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 εἰδόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἰδόμην, in same sense, poet., [dialect] Ion., and later Prose (c. gen., Arat.430) (so in compds., even in [dialect] Att. Prose, v. ἐπ-, προ-, ὑπ-ειδόμην); imper. ἰδοῦ (freq. written as Adv. ἰδού, = ἰδέ); subj. ἴδωμαι; opt. ἰδοίμην; inf. ἰδέσθαι; part.

    ἰδόμενος Hdt.1.88

    , al.:
    1 see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, Il.1.587, etc.;

    ἰδεῖν ἐν ὄμμασιν E.Or. 1020

    ; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, Od.6.126, cf. 21.159; mark, observe, Il.4.476, Od.4.412, etc.: folld. by relat. clause,

    ἴδωμ' ὅτιν' ἔργα τέτυκται Il.22.450

    ;

    ἀλλ' ἄγε θᾶσσον ἰδώμεθα ὅττι τάδ' ἐστίν Od.10.44

    : freq. in inf. after Subst. or Adj., θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, Il.5.725;

    οἰκτραῖσιν ἰδεῖν A.Pr. 240

    ;

    ἐλεινὸς ἰδεῖν Pl.R. 620a

    .
    b see a person, i.e. meet him, speak with him, Th.4.125, X.An.2.4.15, etc.
    c see, i.e. experience,

    νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι Od.3.233

    , etc.;

    δούλειον ἦμαρ ἰδεῖν E.Hec.56

    ;

    ἀέλιον ἕτερον ἰδεῖν S.Tr. 835

    ;

    τὴν δίκην ἰδεῖν Id.Ant. 1270

     (lyr.); ἀλόχου κουριδίης.. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, Il.11.243.
    2 look, ἰδεῖν ἐς .. look at or towards, 2.271, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐπί .. 23.143; πρός .. Od.12.244; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, Il.9.373, etc.;

    κατ' ἐνῶπα ἰδών 15.320

    ; ἄντα, ἐσάντα, or ἄντην ἰδεῖν, 13.184, 17.334, Od.5.78, etc.: qualified by Adv. or Adj., ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, Il.1.148, al.; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, 2.269; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, A.Eu. 541 (lyr.).
    3 see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν ' to see in his mind's eye', Il.21.61, cf. 4.249;

    ἰδεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl.R. 511a

    .
    b examine, investigate, Id.Phd. 70e, Tht. 192e; consider,

    ἴδωμεν τί λέγομεν Id.Grg. 455a

    .
    II [voice] Med., [tense] pres. [full] εἴδομαι, [dialect] Ep.

    ἐείδεται Theoc.25.58

    , part.

    ἐειδόμενος Pi.

    N..10.15: [tense] aor. εἰσάμην, [dialect] Ep. part.

    ἐεισάμενος Il. 2.22

    , al.:—only [dialect] Ep.and Lyr., to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear, 8.559;

    εἰ. ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι 13.98

    ;

    εἴσατο δέ σφι δεξιός 24.319

    ;

    ὅπη τὸ Ταρτάρειον εἴδεται βάθρον Epigr.Gr.1034.19

     ([place name] Callipolis), cf. Od.5.283; perh. also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, Il.13.191.
    B [tense] pf., οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol.

    ὄϊδα Alc. 145

    ; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts.

    οἶσθας Cratin.105

    , Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.];

    οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17

    ,

    οἴδατε AP12.81

     (Mel.),

    οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43

    , X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual,

    οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1

    : imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late

    ἰδέτω Phalar.Ep. 122

     codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι (

    ἴσαντι Epich. 53

     ) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg.

    ἴσᾱμι Epich.254

    , Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἴσατι IG14.644.4

     ([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl.

    ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14

    , ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj.

    ἴθθαντι GDI5024

    ; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part.

    ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19

    , dat. sg.

    ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29

    , Cret. pl.

    ἴθθαντες GDI5024

    : subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl.

    εἰδέωσι SIG45.21

     (Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. also

    εἴδω Od.1.174

    , al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131),

    εἴδομεν Il.1.363

    ,

    εἴδετε Od.9.17

    : opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl.

    εἰδεῖμεν Pl.La. 190b

    , R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, also

    ἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25

    : part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean

    ϝειζώς Schwyzer 409

    :—[tense] plpf.

    ᾔδεα Il.14.71

    , Hdt.2.150, [var] contr.

    ᾔδη S.Ant.18

    , Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 119a,

    ᾔδησθα Od.19.93

    , Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al.,

    ᾔδη 1.70

    , al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg.

    ᾔδειν D.37.24

    , [ per.] 2sg.

    ᾔδεις Ar.Th. 554

    , etc.; pl.,

    ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82

    , Arist.APo. 87b40,

    ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.

     (to be read in S.OT 1232),

    ᾔδειτε D.55.9

    , etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion.

    ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58

     ([etym.] συν-)

    , ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23

    , Str.15.3.23,

    ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175

    , Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    ἴσαν Il.18.405

    , Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense,

    εἴσομαι Il.1.548

    , Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; also

    εἰδήσω Od.7.327

    , Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf.

    εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257

    .—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper.

    εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2

     (iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei,

    ὃς ᾔδη τά τ' ἐόντα τά τ' ἐσσόμενα πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70

    ; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551

    , cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.;

    παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4

    : strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593;

    σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740

    , etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73;

    φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277

    ; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen.,

    ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229

    ;

    ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412

    ; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718;

    αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525

    ;

    οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202

    ;

    ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250

    ;

    μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823

    ;

    κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360

    ;

    παῖδ' ἔτ' ἐόντ' οὔ πω μάλα εἰδότε θούριδος ἀλκῆς 11.710

    ;

    εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665

    ;

    θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438

    ; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329;

    ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36

    , etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact,

    ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365

    ;

    μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250

    ;

    μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36

    , cf. 3.53;

    μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d

    , etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.
    2 c. inf., know how to do,

    οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238

    , cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs,

    ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.

     Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn,

    ἵν' εἰδῇ μὴ 'πὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς ὑψηλὸς εἶναι E.Hipp. 729

    .
    3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670;

    ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76

    ;

    οὐ γὰρ οἶδα δεσπότας κεκτημένος E.Hec. 397

    : in acc. when it is predicate of the Object,

    τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς A.Ch. 234

    ;

    τὸν Μῆδον ἴσμεν ἐκ περάτων γῆς ἐλθόντα Th.1.69

    : with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.
    4 less freq.c.acc. et inf.,

    πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337

    , cf. S.Ph. 1329;

    εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44

    ; also

    εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431

    ;

    ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005

    .
    6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed,

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48

    , cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.
    7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d

    .
    8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic,

    οἶδ' ἐγώ E.Med. 948

    ; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.;

    σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889

    :—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἴδω

  • 8 οὖν

    οὖν, [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Dor. [full] ὦν (the latter in Pi.P.3.82, al., but οὖν in Hom. (v. infr.), B.18.29,37, Cerc.4.18, al.), Adv.
    A certainly, in fact, confirming something, freq. in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in Hom. only in combination with γε (v. γοῦν) , γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc.:
    1 really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι.. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise.., Il.2.350, cf. Pl.Prt. 309b; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα.., ὄφρ' for we followed them up to the very point, where.., Il.11.754, cf. 15.232, Od.2.123;

    εἰ δ' οὖν τις ἀκτὶς ἡλίου νιν ἱστορεῖ.. ζῶντα A.Ag. 676

    , cf. 1042; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ' ὦν but they really were spoken, Hdt.3.80, cf. 4.5, 6.82; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι.., Πλαταιῆς δ' οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι.., ἐκ δ' οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, Th.2.5, cf. 1.63, Pl.Prt. 315e;

    σωτηρίαν λεπτὴν μὲν.., μόνην δ' οὖν Id.Lg. 699b

    ; so δ' οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ δ' οὖν but if he is so, Id.Ap. 34d, cf. Hdt.6.76, Th.1.3; so ἀλλ' οὖν.. γε but at all events, S.Ant.84, Ph. 1305; ἔμπης οὖν ἐπιμεῖναι ἐς αὔριον to stay nevertheless at least till to-morrow, Od.11.351; οὖν concessive, I grant you,

    τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305

    : in apodosi after εἰ or ἐάν, εἰ καὶ σμικρά, ἀλλ' ὦν ἴση γε ἡ χάρις .. Hdt.3.140, cf.9.48, E.Ph. 498, Pl.Phd. 91b, etc.: after ἐπεί and ὡς, ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ πρῶτον ἀνέκραγον but now that I have (emphat.) once spoken up, Od.14.467, cf. 17.226, Il.18.333; Τληπόλεμος δ', ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ' ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα.. κατέκτα when once, i.e. as soon as, he had grown up, 2.661, cf. 15.363, 16.394, al.; νεβροί, αἵ τ' ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον.. ἑστᾶσ' which, as soon as they are tired, stand still, 4.244; to indicate that something foreshadowed has actually occurred,

    ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο λαὸν Ἀχιλλεύς.., οἱ δ' ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν 1.57

    , cf. 3.340, al.: sts. οὖν after ἐπεί or ὡς has either no force or approaches signf. 11 or 111,

    οἱ δ' ἐπεὶ οὖν παύσαντο πόνου Od.16.478

    , cf. 19.213, 251, al.;

    τὸν δ' ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε Il.3.21

    , al.; οὔτ' οὖν.., οὔτε.. or οὔτε.., οὔτ' οὖν .. both = neither.. nor, but preferred according as the first or second clause is to be marked by emphasis, cf. 17.20, Od.2.200, Hdt.9.26, with Od. 11.198sq., S.OT90, 271, etc.; so εἰ.., εἴτ' οὖν .. if.., or if.., E.Alc. 140; εἴτ' οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be so, or no, Id.Heracl. 149, cf. A.Ag. 491, S.El. 560; ξεῖνος αἴτ' ὦν ἀστός, i.e. αἴτε ξ. αἴτ' ὦν ἀ., Pi.P.4.78; and doubled,

    εἴτ' οὖν ἀληθὲς εἴτ' οὖν ψεῦδος Pl. Ap. 34e

    , cf. A.Ch. 683: so also in parenth. Relat. clauses, ἢ σῖγ', ἀτίμως, ὥσπερ οὖν ἀπώλετο πατήρ even as, just as, ib.96, cf. 888, E.Hipp. 1307 (v.l.); εἰ δ' ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he in fact is, a god, Pl.Phdr. 242e;

    οὗτος μὲν οἴεταί τι εἰδέναι οὐκ εἰδώς, ἐγὼ δέ, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκ οἶδα, οὐδὲ οἴομαι Id.Ap. 21d

    : for γὰρ οὖν, v. γάρ A. 11.5; for μὲν οὖν, v. μέν B. 11.2.
    2 added to indef. Prons. and Advbs., like Lat. cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν another, be he who he may; so ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποιοστισοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσδηποτοῦν, ὁπητιοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν, etc., v. sub vocc.
    II to continue a narrative, so, then,

    καὶ τὰ μὲν οὖν.. θῆκαν Od.13.122

    ; ὅτ' οὖν since, then,.., S.Ant. 170, El.38, 1318; ζεῖ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ .. Pl.Phdr. 251c, cf. Prt. 322b;

    εὐθὺς οὖν ὁ Κῦρος εἶπεν X.Cyr.4.1.22

    : in Hdt. and [dialect] Att., μὲν οὖν (q.v.) is very common in this sense; so

    δ' οὖν A.Ag.34

    , S.Aj. 114; οὖν is also used alone merely to resume after a parenth. or long protasis, well, as I was saying, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ.., ὑμεας γὰρ πυνθάνομαι προεστάναι..,—ὑμέας ὦν.. προσκαλέομαι .. Hdt.1.69, cf. 4.75, Th.2.16, Pl.Ap. 29d, Smp. 201d, etc.: Hdt. so uses ὦν after a short protasis, 1.144, etc.
    2 ὦν is freq. inserted by Hdt. (sts. without any discernible meaning) between the Prep. and its Verb (but only, it seems, in narrative with the [tense] aor., which is always the [tense] aor. of habitual action exc. in 2.172), ἐπεὰν δὲ ταῦτα ποιήσωσι, ἀπ' ὦν ἔδωκαν ib.87; καὶ ἔπειτα ἀπ' ὦν ἔδωκαν ib.88: after a part., οἱ δὲ φέροντες ἐς τὴν ἀγορήν, ἀπ' ὦν ἔδοντο ib.39; κατευξάμενοι, κοιλίην μὲν κείνην πᾶσαν ἐξ ὦν εἶλον ib.40; ἤν τις ψαύσῃ.., αὐτοῖσι τοῖσι ἱματίοισι ἀπ' ὦν ἔβαψε ἑωυτόν ib.47; τοῦτον κατ' ὦν κόψας ib. 172; so in Hp.,

    δι' οὖν ἐφθάρησαν Morb.1.14

     (v.l.), al.; also

    ἐπ' ὦν ἐπίομες οἶνον Epich.124.3

    : this tmesis is rare in [dialect] Att.,

    ὥστε γε καὐτόν σε κατ' οὖν ἔβαλεν Ar.Ra. 1047

    ; but occurs in later writers, Dorieus ap. Phylarch.3 J., AP12.226 (Strat.).
    III in inferences, then, therefore, not in Hom., rare in A., and usu. in questions (v. infr.); in a statement, Eu. 219; very common from Hdt. downwds.; so καὶ σὺ οὖν you too therefore, X.Cyr. 4.1.20;

    καὶ γὰρ οὖν Id.An.1.9.8

    ; cf. οὐ γὰρ οὖν, τοιγαροῦν: strengthd.,

    δὴ οὖν Pl.Smp. 191c

    , etc.;

    οὖν δή Id.R. 340e

    : in questions,

    τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων σ' ἐστίν

     ;

    A.Pr. 771

    , cf. S.Tr. 1191, Ar.Pl. 906, 909, etc.;

    ἆρ' οὖν δή

     ;

    Pl.Tht. 146a

    ;

    τί οὖν δή

     ;

    S.Aj. 873

     (lyr.), Pl.Phd. 57a.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὖν

  • 9 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    ① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    ⓑ special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    ② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    ⓓ other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    ③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    ④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    ⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    ⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    ⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    ⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    ⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 10 potis

    pŏtis (in the positive rarely declined, and in the neutr. pŏte), adj. ( comp. pŏ-tĭor, ius; sup. pŏtissĭmus, a, um; class. only in the comp.) [Sanscr. patis, lord; Gr. posis, husband; des-potês, lord; Lat. compotis (compos) potiri].
    I.
    Posit., able, capable; possible (mostly ante-class. and poet.): divi qui potes pro illo quod Samothraces theoi dunatoi, Varr L. L. 5, § 58 Müll.; Macr. S. 3, 4:

    nisi qui colaphos perpeti Potis parasitus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 21.—Usually in the connection potis or pote est, he, she, or it is able, may, or can:

    at ea supterfugere potis es pauca,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 17: neque sanguis ullo potis est pacto profluens consistere, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 38: istam non potis est vis saeva exstinguere venti, Poët. ap. Gell. 19, 9, 12:

    at non Evandrum potis est vis ulla tenere,

    Verg. A. 11, 148:

    quod nunquam potis est sejungi,

    Lucr. 1, 452:

    nec potis est cerni,

    id. 5, 719; Cat. 76, 24:

    qui potis est?

    how is it possible? id. 72, 7.—With plur.: si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    duae plus satis dare potis sunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 17:

    quid pastores potis sint,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2.—Without est: quis potis ingentes oras evolvere belli? Enn. ap. Diom. p. 381 P. (Ann. v. 178 Vahl.); Verg. A. 3, 671; Hor. C. 3, 17, 13.—Form pote:

    si non aliud pote est,

    Cat. 43, 16. Without est:

    nec devitari letum pote,

    Lucr. 3, 1079: viget, veget, utpote plurimum, Varr. ap Non. 2, 876:

    nec non emptor pote ex empto vendito illum damnare,

    id. R. R. 2, 2:

    nec eniti remis pote,

    Val. Fl. 4, 680; Prop. 2, 1, 46:

    qui pote? vis dicam? nugaris,

    Pers. 1, 56:

    in te dici pote, Id, quod,

    Cat. 98, 1:

    nec peccatum a me quisquam pote dicere quicquam,

    id. 67, 11:

    hoc facito, sive id non pote sive pote,

    be it impossible or possible, id. 76, 16:

    quid pote simplicius?

    what can be more simple? Mart. 9, 16, 2:

    nihil pote supra,

    nothing could exceed it, Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 11; Auct. ap. Cic. Brut. 46, 172; Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:

    quantum pote,

    as soon as possible, id. ib. 4, 13, 1: quam pote, as much as possible (post-class.):

    aufugiamus istinc quam pote longissime,

    App. M. 1, p. 107, 9; 2, p. 119, 33.—
    II.
    Comp.: pŏtĭor, us, that may be preferred, preferred; better, preferable (class.).
    A.
    Of persons:

    numquam edepol erit ille potior Harpax, quam ego,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 1, 3, 95:

    quem aequiust potiorem habere quam te?

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 40: qui plus pollet potiorque est patre, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69; id. Fam. 10, 3, 2:

    itaque cives potiores quam peregrini,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    Sosim et Moericum quibus tantam crederem rem, potiores habui,

    Liv. 26, 31, 4:

    at tu, qui potior nunc es,

    happier in love, preferred, Tib. 1, 6, 33 (5, 69):

    ut in judicio possessionis potior esset,

    Dig. 18, 1, 34.—
    B.
    Of things, better, stronger, preferable, more useful or important:

    nulla potior serenda,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 15:

    sucus,

    Plin. 36, 22, 43, § 158:

    novistine locum potiorem rure beato?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 14:

    sententia,

    id. Epod. 16, 17:

    mors civibus Romanis semper fuit servitute potior,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 9, 19:

    illi turpis vita integrā famā potior fuit,

    Sall. J. 67, 3:

    nihil mihi potius fuit quam ut Massinissam convenirem,

    I had nothing more important, nothing more urgent to do, Cic. Rep. 6, 9, 9:

    illa semper potiora duxisti, quae, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:

    semper se rei publicae commoda privatis necessitatibus habuisse potiora,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Subst.:

    ut probetis potiora,

    Vulg. Phil. 1, 10: hem, mater mea, tibi rem potiorem video (sc. verbis), I see a fact stronger than words, i. e. a clearer proof, Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 12.—
    III.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmus, a, um, the chief, principal, most prominent, most important.
    A.
    Of persons ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    item huic ultro fit, ut Meret, potissimus nostrae domi ut sit,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 9:

    tantis potissimus umbris,

    Stat. Th. 4, 627:

    potissimos libertorum veneno interficere,

    Tac. A. 14, 65.—
    B.
    Of things (class.):

    utrum potius, aut quid potissimum sit, quaeritur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:

    cura,

    Stat. S. 4, 4, 20:

    nobilitas,

    Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 25:

    opusculum,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 14, 10:

    causa,

    Tac. A. 4, 16.—Hence, adv., only in the comp. and sup.
    A.
    Comp.: pŏtĭus, rather, preferably, more (class.; cf.: satius, prius): quo nos vocabis nomine? Ar. Libortos. Le. Non patronos? Ar. Id potius, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 62:

    sed scin', quid volo potius, sodes, facias?

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 27; id. And. 5, 3, 2:

    nec vero imperia expetenda: ac potius non accipienda interdum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68.— With quam, Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 11:

    Galliam potius esse Ariovisti quam populi Romani,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45.—When the predicates are compared, the verb in the following clause is always in the subj.:

    perpessus est omnia potius quam conscios indicaret,

    rather than, Cic. Tusc. 2, 22, 52:

    in oratione non vis potius quam delectatio postulatur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 78, 317:

    privabo potius illum debito testimonio quam id cum meā laude communicem,

    id. Ac. 2, 1, 3:

    scribam aliquid potius, quam committam ut litterae non reddantur,

    id. Att. 5, 6, 2:

    nos potius nostro delicto plectemur, quam res publica nostra peccata luat,

    Liv. 8, 7, 17:

    per interregem comitia habenda potius, quam consulum alter a bello avocaretur,

    id. 22, 23, 10; 9, 14, 16.— So with quam ut:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8: audeo dicere hoc malo domitos ipsos potius cultores agrorum fore, quam ut armati, etc., id. 2, 34, 11; 6, 28, 8; 9, 14, 7.—But after verbs of willing, wishing (sometimes of declaring), the inf. is used:

    dictatore obstinato tollere potius totum e re publicā consulatum, quam promiscuum facere,

    Liv. 7, 21, 1; 23, 9, 8; 21, 13, 8: v. Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 15, 2; Fest. s. v. olivitam, p. 202 Müll.; v. Muuml;ll. ad. loc. p. 203, a. —In an inverted order:

    quam potius,

    Verg. Copa, 5: quid mihi negotii est eum istis nugacibus, quam potius potamus mulsum? C. Titius ap. Macr. S. 2, 12.—Sometimes potius is to be supplied:

    tacita, bona est mulier semper, quam loquens,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 70; id. Men. 5, 1, 26:

    tamen statuit congredi, quam cum tantis copiis refugere,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 1.—Pleon., with words which already express comparison.— Comp., Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    Uticae potius quam Romae esse malle,

    Cic. Lig. 2, 5:

    favorabiliores rei potius, quam actores habentur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 167.—
    2.
    Esp., introducing a repetition of a thought in a corrected or strengthened form: aut potius, vel potius, or rather, or I may better say, etc.:

    efficiet enim ratio ut... mors aut malum non sit, aut sit bonum potius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 23:

    quam fuit imbecillus P. Africani filius, quam tenui aut nullā potius valetudine,

    id. Sen. 11, 35:

    erravit aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 113:

    Cato magnus hercule homo, vel potius summus et singularis vir,

    id. Brut. 85, 293; Dig. 1, 5, 16.—
    B.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmē ( pŏtissŭ-), and more freq. pŏtissĭmum ( pŏtissŭ-), chiefly, principally, especially, in preference to all others, above all, most of all (class.).—Form potissime, Cels. 3, 6.—Form potissimum:

    responde, quo leto censes me ut peream potissimum?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 6, 23:

    exsistat aliquis et potissimum Caecus ille,

    Cic. Cael. 14, 33; id. Mur. 2, 4:

    nos id potissimum consecuti sumus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 4, 11:

    tanta erat contentio, qui potissimum ex magno numero conscenderent, ut,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 43:

    quid agam? aut quo potissimum infelix accedam?

    Sall. J. 14, 15; Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2; Lact. 2, 18, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > potis

  • 11 potissimum

    pŏtis (in the positive rarely declined, and in the neutr. pŏte), adj. ( comp. pŏ-tĭor, ius; sup. pŏtissĭmus, a, um; class. only in the comp.) [Sanscr. patis, lord; Gr. posis, husband; des-potês, lord; Lat. compotis (compos) potiri].
    I.
    Posit., able, capable; possible (mostly ante-class. and poet.): divi qui potes pro illo quod Samothraces theoi dunatoi, Varr L. L. 5, § 58 Müll.; Macr. S. 3, 4:

    nisi qui colaphos perpeti Potis parasitus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 21.—Usually in the connection potis or pote est, he, she, or it is able, may, or can:

    at ea supterfugere potis es pauca,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 17: neque sanguis ullo potis est pacto profluens consistere, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 38: istam non potis est vis saeva exstinguere venti, Poët. ap. Gell. 19, 9, 12:

    at non Evandrum potis est vis ulla tenere,

    Verg. A. 11, 148:

    quod nunquam potis est sejungi,

    Lucr. 1, 452:

    nec potis est cerni,

    id. 5, 719; Cat. 76, 24:

    qui potis est?

    how is it possible? id. 72, 7.—With plur.: si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    duae plus satis dare potis sunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 17:

    quid pastores potis sint,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2.—Without est: quis potis ingentes oras evolvere belli? Enn. ap. Diom. p. 381 P. (Ann. v. 178 Vahl.); Verg. A. 3, 671; Hor. C. 3, 17, 13.—Form pote:

    si non aliud pote est,

    Cat. 43, 16. Without est:

    nec devitari letum pote,

    Lucr. 3, 1079: viget, veget, utpote plurimum, Varr. ap Non. 2, 876:

    nec non emptor pote ex empto vendito illum damnare,

    id. R. R. 2, 2:

    nec eniti remis pote,

    Val. Fl. 4, 680; Prop. 2, 1, 46:

    qui pote? vis dicam? nugaris,

    Pers. 1, 56:

    in te dici pote, Id, quod,

    Cat. 98, 1:

    nec peccatum a me quisquam pote dicere quicquam,

    id. 67, 11:

    hoc facito, sive id non pote sive pote,

    be it impossible or possible, id. 76, 16:

    quid pote simplicius?

    what can be more simple? Mart. 9, 16, 2:

    nihil pote supra,

    nothing could exceed it, Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 11; Auct. ap. Cic. Brut. 46, 172; Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:

    quantum pote,

    as soon as possible, id. ib. 4, 13, 1: quam pote, as much as possible (post-class.):

    aufugiamus istinc quam pote longissime,

    App. M. 1, p. 107, 9; 2, p. 119, 33.—
    II.
    Comp.: pŏtĭor, us, that may be preferred, preferred; better, preferable (class.).
    A.
    Of persons:

    numquam edepol erit ille potior Harpax, quam ego,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 1, 3, 95:

    quem aequiust potiorem habere quam te?

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 40: qui plus pollet potiorque est patre, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69; id. Fam. 10, 3, 2:

    itaque cives potiores quam peregrini,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    Sosim et Moericum quibus tantam crederem rem, potiores habui,

    Liv. 26, 31, 4:

    at tu, qui potior nunc es,

    happier in love, preferred, Tib. 1, 6, 33 (5, 69):

    ut in judicio possessionis potior esset,

    Dig. 18, 1, 34.—
    B.
    Of things, better, stronger, preferable, more useful or important:

    nulla potior serenda,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 15:

    sucus,

    Plin. 36, 22, 43, § 158:

    novistine locum potiorem rure beato?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 14:

    sententia,

    id. Epod. 16, 17:

    mors civibus Romanis semper fuit servitute potior,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 9, 19:

    illi turpis vita integrā famā potior fuit,

    Sall. J. 67, 3:

    nihil mihi potius fuit quam ut Massinissam convenirem,

    I had nothing more important, nothing more urgent to do, Cic. Rep. 6, 9, 9:

    illa semper potiora duxisti, quae, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:

    semper se rei publicae commoda privatis necessitatibus habuisse potiora,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Subst.:

    ut probetis potiora,

    Vulg. Phil. 1, 10: hem, mater mea, tibi rem potiorem video (sc. verbis), I see a fact stronger than words, i. e. a clearer proof, Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 12.—
    III.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmus, a, um, the chief, principal, most prominent, most important.
    A.
    Of persons ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    item huic ultro fit, ut Meret, potissimus nostrae domi ut sit,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 9:

    tantis potissimus umbris,

    Stat. Th. 4, 627:

    potissimos libertorum veneno interficere,

    Tac. A. 14, 65.—
    B.
    Of things (class.):

    utrum potius, aut quid potissimum sit, quaeritur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:

    cura,

    Stat. S. 4, 4, 20:

    nobilitas,

    Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 25:

    opusculum,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 14, 10:

    causa,

    Tac. A. 4, 16.—Hence, adv., only in the comp. and sup.
    A.
    Comp.: pŏtĭus, rather, preferably, more (class.; cf.: satius, prius): quo nos vocabis nomine? Ar. Libortos. Le. Non patronos? Ar. Id potius, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 62:

    sed scin', quid volo potius, sodes, facias?

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 27; id. And. 5, 3, 2:

    nec vero imperia expetenda: ac potius non accipienda interdum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68.— With quam, Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 11:

    Galliam potius esse Ariovisti quam populi Romani,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45.—When the predicates are compared, the verb in the following clause is always in the subj.:

    perpessus est omnia potius quam conscios indicaret,

    rather than, Cic. Tusc. 2, 22, 52:

    in oratione non vis potius quam delectatio postulatur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 78, 317:

    privabo potius illum debito testimonio quam id cum meā laude communicem,

    id. Ac. 2, 1, 3:

    scribam aliquid potius, quam committam ut litterae non reddantur,

    id. Att. 5, 6, 2:

    nos potius nostro delicto plectemur, quam res publica nostra peccata luat,

    Liv. 8, 7, 17:

    per interregem comitia habenda potius, quam consulum alter a bello avocaretur,

    id. 22, 23, 10; 9, 14, 16.— So with quam ut:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8: audeo dicere hoc malo domitos ipsos potius cultores agrorum fore, quam ut armati, etc., id. 2, 34, 11; 6, 28, 8; 9, 14, 7.—But after verbs of willing, wishing (sometimes of declaring), the inf. is used:

    dictatore obstinato tollere potius totum e re publicā consulatum, quam promiscuum facere,

    Liv. 7, 21, 1; 23, 9, 8; 21, 13, 8: v. Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 15, 2; Fest. s. v. olivitam, p. 202 Müll.; v. Muuml;ll. ad. loc. p. 203, a. —In an inverted order:

    quam potius,

    Verg. Copa, 5: quid mihi negotii est eum istis nugacibus, quam potius potamus mulsum? C. Titius ap. Macr. S. 2, 12.—Sometimes potius is to be supplied:

    tacita, bona est mulier semper, quam loquens,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 70; id. Men. 5, 1, 26:

    tamen statuit congredi, quam cum tantis copiis refugere,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 1.—Pleon., with words which already express comparison.— Comp., Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    Uticae potius quam Romae esse malle,

    Cic. Lig. 2, 5:

    favorabiliores rei potius, quam actores habentur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 167.—
    2.
    Esp., introducing a repetition of a thought in a corrected or strengthened form: aut potius, vel potius, or rather, or I may better say, etc.:

    efficiet enim ratio ut... mors aut malum non sit, aut sit bonum potius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 23:

    quam fuit imbecillus P. Africani filius, quam tenui aut nullā potius valetudine,

    id. Sen. 11, 35:

    erravit aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 113:

    Cato magnus hercule homo, vel potius summus et singularis vir,

    id. Brut. 85, 293; Dig. 1, 5, 16.—
    B.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmē ( pŏtissŭ-), and more freq. pŏtissĭmum ( pŏtissŭ-), chiefly, principally, especially, in preference to all others, above all, most of all (class.).—Form potissime, Cels. 3, 6.—Form potissimum:

    responde, quo leto censes me ut peream potissimum?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 6, 23:

    exsistat aliquis et potissimum Caecus ille,

    Cic. Cael. 14, 33; id. Mur. 2, 4:

    nos id potissimum consecuti sumus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 4, 11:

    tanta erat contentio, qui potissimum ex magno numero conscenderent, ut,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 43:

    quid agam? aut quo potissimum infelix accedam?

    Sall. J. 14, 15; Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2; Lact. 2, 18, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > potissimum

  • 12 potissimus

    pŏtis (in the positive rarely declined, and in the neutr. pŏte), adj. ( comp. pŏ-tĭor, ius; sup. pŏtissĭmus, a, um; class. only in the comp.) [Sanscr. patis, lord; Gr. posis, husband; des-potês, lord; Lat. compotis (compos) potiri].
    I.
    Posit., able, capable; possible (mostly ante-class. and poet.): divi qui potes pro illo quod Samothraces theoi dunatoi, Varr L. L. 5, § 58 Müll.; Macr. S. 3, 4:

    nisi qui colaphos perpeti Potis parasitus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 21.—Usually in the connection potis or pote est, he, she, or it is able, may, or can:

    at ea supterfugere potis es pauca,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 17: neque sanguis ullo potis est pacto profluens consistere, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 38: istam non potis est vis saeva exstinguere venti, Poët. ap. Gell. 19, 9, 12:

    at non Evandrum potis est vis ulla tenere,

    Verg. A. 11, 148:

    quod nunquam potis est sejungi,

    Lucr. 1, 452:

    nec potis est cerni,

    id. 5, 719; Cat. 76, 24:

    qui potis est?

    how is it possible? id. 72, 7.—With plur.: si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    duae plus satis dare potis sunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 17:

    quid pastores potis sint,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2.—Without est: quis potis ingentes oras evolvere belli? Enn. ap. Diom. p. 381 P. (Ann. v. 178 Vahl.); Verg. A. 3, 671; Hor. C. 3, 17, 13.—Form pote:

    si non aliud pote est,

    Cat. 43, 16. Without est:

    nec devitari letum pote,

    Lucr. 3, 1079: viget, veget, utpote plurimum, Varr. ap Non. 2, 876:

    nec non emptor pote ex empto vendito illum damnare,

    id. R. R. 2, 2:

    nec eniti remis pote,

    Val. Fl. 4, 680; Prop. 2, 1, 46:

    qui pote? vis dicam? nugaris,

    Pers. 1, 56:

    in te dici pote, Id, quod,

    Cat. 98, 1:

    nec peccatum a me quisquam pote dicere quicquam,

    id. 67, 11:

    hoc facito, sive id non pote sive pote,

    be it impossible or possible, id. 76, 16:

    quid pote simplicius?

    what can be more simple? Mart. 9, 16, 2:

    nihil pote supra,

    nothing could exceed it, Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 11; Auct. ap. Cic. Brut. 46, 172; Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:

    quantum pote,

    as soon as possible, id. ib. 4, 13, 1: quam pote, as much as possible (post-class.):

    aufugiamus istinc quam pote longissime,

    App. M. 1, p. 107, 9; 2, p. 119, 33.—
    II.
    Comp.: pŏtĭor, us, that may be preferred, preferred; better, preferable (class.).
    A.
    Of persons:

    numquam edepol erit ille potior Harpax, quam ego,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 1, 3, 95:

    quem aequiust potiorem habere quam te?

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 40: qui plus pollet potiorque est patre, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69; id. Fam. 10, 3, 2:

    itaque cives potiores quam peregrini,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    Sosim et Moericum quibus tantam crederem rem, potiores habui,

    Liv. 26, 31, 4:

    at tu, qui potior nunc es,

    happier in love, preferred, Tib. 1, 6, 33 (5, 69):

    ut in judicio possessionis potior esset,

    Dig. 18, 1, 34.—
    B.
    Of things, better, stronger, preferable, more useful or important:

    nulla potior serenda,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 15:

    sucus,

    Plin. 36, 22, 43, § 158:

    novistine locum potiorem rure beato?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 14:

    sententia,

    id. Epod. 16, 17:

    mors civibus Romanis semper fuit servitute potior,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 9, 19:

    illi turpis vita integrā famā potior fuit,

    Sall. J. 67, 3:

    nihil mihi potius fuit quam ut Massinissam convenirem,

    I had nothing more important, nothing more urgent to do, Cic. Rep. 6, 9, 9:

    illa semper potiora duxisti, quae, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:

    semper se rei publicae commoda privatis necessitatibus habuisse potiora,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Subst.:

    ut probetis potiora,

    Vulg. Phil. 1, 10: hem, mater mea, tibi rem potiorem video (sc. verbis), I see a fact stronger than words, i. e. a clearer proof, Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 12.—
    III.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmus, a, um, the chief, principal, most prominent, most important.
    A.
    Of persons ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    item huic ultro fit, ut Meret, potissimus nostrae domi ut sit,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 9:

    tantis potissimus umbris,

    Stat. Th. 4, 627:

    potissimos libertorum veneno interficere,

    Tac. A. 14, 65.—
    B.
    Of things (class.):

    utrum potius, aut quid potissimum sit, quaeritur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:

    cura,

    Stat. S. 4, 4, 20:

    nobilitas,

    Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 25:

    opusculum,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 14, 10:

    causa,

    Tac. A. 4, 16.—Hence, adv., only in the comp. and sup.
    A.
    Comp.: pŏtĭus, rather, preferably, more (class.; cf.: satius, prius): quo nos vocabis nomine? Ar. Libortos. Le. Non patronos? Ar. Id potius, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 62:

    sed scin', quid volo potius, sodes, facias?

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 27; id. And. 5, 3, 2:

    nec vero imperia expetenda: ac potius non accipienda interdum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68.— With quam, Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 11:

    Galliam potius esse Ariovisti quam populi Romani,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45.—When the predicates are compared, the verb in the following clause is always in the subj.:

    perpessus est omnia potius quam conscios indicaret,

    rather than, Cic. Tusc. 2, 22, 52:

    in oratione non vis potius quam delectatio postulatur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 78, 317:

    privabo potius illum debito testimonio quam id cum meā laude communicem,

    id. Ac. 2, 1, 3:

    scribam aliquid potius, quam committam ut litterae non reddantur,

    id. Att. 5, 6, 2:

    nos potius nostro delicto plectemur, quam res publica nostra peccata luat,

    Liv. 8, 7, 17:

    per interregem comitia habenda potius, quam consulum alter a bello avocaretur,

    id. 22, 23, 10; 9, 14, 16.— So with quam ut:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8: audeo dicere hoc malo domitos ipsos potius cultores agrorum fore, quam ut armati, etc., id. 2, 34, 11; 6, 28, 8; 9, 14, 7.—But after verbs of willing, wishing (sometimes of declaring), the inf. is used:

    dictatore obstinato tollere potius totum e re publicā consulatum, quam promiscuum facere,

    Liv. 7, 21, 1; 23, 9, 8; 21, 13, 8: v. Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 15, 2; Fest. s. v. olivitam, p. 202 Müll.; v. Muuml;ll. ad. loc. p. 203, a. —In an inverted order:

    quam potius,

    Verg. Copa, 5: quid mihi negotii est eum istis nugacibus, quam potius potamus mulsum? C. Titius ap. Macr. S. 2, 12.—Sometimes potius is to be supplied:

    tacita, bona est mulier semper, quam loquens,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 70; id. Men. 5, 1, 26:

    tamen statuit congredi, quam cum tantis copiis refugere,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 1.—Pleon., with words which already express comparison.— Comp., Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    Uticae potius quam Romae esse malle,

    Cic. Lig. 2, 5:

    favorabiliores rei potius, quam actores habentur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 167.—
    2.
    Esp., introducing a repetition of a thought in a corrected or strengthened form: aut potius, vel potius, or rather, or I may better say, etc.:

    efficiet enim ratio ut... mors aut malum non sit, aut sit bonum potius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 23:

    quam fuit imbecillus P. Africani filius, quam tenui aut nullā potius valetudine,

    id. Sen. 11, 35:

    erravit aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 113:

    Cato magnus hercule homo, vel potius summus et singularis vir,

    id. Brut. 85, 293; Dig. 1, 5, 16.—
    B.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmē ( pŏtissŭ-), and more freq. pŏtissĭmum ( pŏtissŭ-), chiefly, principally, especially, in preference to all others, above all, most of all (class.).—Form potissime, Cels. 3, 6.—Form potissimum:

    responde, quo leto censes me ut peream potissimum?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 6, 23:

    exsistat aliquis et potissimum Caecus ille,

    Cic. Cael. 14, 33; id. Mur. 2, 4:

    nos id potissimum consecuti sumus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 4, 11:

    tanta erat contentio, qui potissimum ex magno numero conscenderent, ut,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 43:

    quid agam? aut quo potissimum infelix accedam?

    Sall. J. 14, 15; Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2; Lact. 2, 18, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > potissimus

  • 13 potissume

    pŏtis (in the positive rarely declined, and in the neutr. pŏte), adj. ( comp. pŏ-tĭor, ius; sup. pŏtissĭmus, a, um; class. only in the comp.) [Sanscr. patis, lord; Gr. posis, husband; des-potês, lord; Lat. compotis (compos) potiri].
    I.
    Posit., able, capable; possible (mostly ante-class. and poet.): divi qui potes pro illo quod Samothraces theoi dunatoi, Varr L. L. 5, § 58 Müll.; Macr. S. 3, 4:

    nisi qui colaphos perpeti Potis parasitus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 21.—Usually in the connection potis or pote est, he, she, or it is able, may, or can:

    at ea supterfugere potis es pauca,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 17: neque sanguis ullo potis est pacto profluens consistere, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 38: istam non potis est vis saeva exstinguere venti, Poët. ap. Gell. 19, 9, 12:

    at non Evandrum potis est vis ulla tenere,

    Verg. A. 11, 148:

    quod nunquam potis est sejungi,

    Lucr. 1, 452:

    nec potis est cerni,

    id. 5, 719; Cat. 76, 24:

    qui potis est?

    how is it possible? id. 72, 7.—With plur.: si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    duae plus satis dare potis sunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 17:

    quid pastores potis sint,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2.—Without est: quis potis ingentes oras evolvere belli? Enn. ap. Diom. p. 381 P. (Ann. v. 178 Vahl.); Verg. A. 3, 671; Hor. C. 3, 17, 13.—Form pote:

    si non aliud pote est,

    Cat. 43, 16. Without est:

    nec devitari letum pote,

    Lucr. 3, 1079: viget, veget, utpote plurimum, Varr. ap Non. 2, 876:

    nec non emptor pote ex empto vendito illum damnare,

    id. R. R. 2, 2:

    nec eniti remis pote,

    Val. Fl. 4, 680; Prop. 2, 1, 46:

    qui pote? vis dicam? nugaris,

    Pers. 1, 56:

    in te dici pote, Id, quod,

    Cat. 98, 1:

    nec peccatum a me quisquam pote dicere quicquam,

    id. 67, 11:

    hoc facito, sive id non pote sive pote,

    be it impossible or possible, id. 76, 16:

    quid pote simplicius?

    what can be more simple? Mart. 9, 16, 2:

    nihil pote supra,

    nothing could exceed it, Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 11; Auct. ap. Cic. Brut. 46, 172; Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:

    quantum pote,

    as soon as possible, id. ib. 4, 13, 1: quam pote, as much as possible (post-class.):

    aufugiamus istinc quam pote longissime,

    App. M. 1, p. 107, 9; 2, p. 119, 33.—
    II.
    Comp.: pŏtĭor, us, that may be preferred, preferred; better, preferable (class.).
    A.
    Of persons:

    numquam edepol erit ille potior Harpax, quam ego,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 1, 3, 95:

    quem aequiust potiorem habere quam te?

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 40: qui plus pollet potiorque est patre, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69; id. Fam. 10, 3, 2:

    itaque cives potiores quam peregrini,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    Sosim et Moericum quibus tantam crederem rem, potiores habui,

    Liv. 26, 31, 4:

    at tu, qui potior nunc es,

    happier in love, preferred, Tib. 1, 6, 33 (5, 69):

    ut in judicio possessionis potior esset,

    Dig. 18, 1, 34.—
    B.
    Of things, better, stronger, preferable, more useful or important:

    nulla potior serenda,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 15:

    sucus,

    Plin. 36, 22, 43, § 158:

    novistine locum potiorem rure beato?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 14:

    sententia,

    id. Epod. 16, 17:

    mors civibus Romanis semper fuit servitute potior,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 9, 19:

    illi turpis vita integrā famā potior fuit,

    Sall. J. 67, 3:

    nihil mihi potius fuit quam ut Massinissam convenirem,

    I had nothing more important, nothing more urgent to do, Cic. Rep. 6, 9, 9:

    illa semper potiora duxisti, quae, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:

    semper se rei publicae commoda privatis necessitatibus habuisse potiora,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Subst.:

    ut probetis potiora,

    Vulg. Phil. 1, 10: hem, mater mea, tibi rem potiorem video (sc. verbis), I see a fact stronger than words, i. e. a clearer proof, Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 12.—
    III.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmus, a, um, the chief, principal, most prominent, most important.
    A.
    Of persons ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    item huic ultro fit, ut Meret, potissimus nostrae domi ut sit,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 9:

    tantis potissimus umbris,

    Stat. Th. 4, 627:

    potissimos libertorum veneno interficere,

    Tac. A. 14, 65.—
    B.
    Of things (class.):

    utrum potius, aut quid potissimum sit, quaeritur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:

    cura,

    Stat. S. 4, 4, 20:

    nobilitas,

    Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 25:

    opusculum,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 14, 10:

    causa,

    Tac. A. 4, 16.—Hence, adv., only in the comp. and sup.
    A.
    Comp.: pŏtĭus, rather, preferably, more (class.; cf.: satius, prius): quo nos vocabis nomine? Ar. Libortos. Le. Non patronos? Ar. Id potius, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 62:

    sed scin', quid volo potius, sodes, facias?

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 27; id. And. 5, 3, 2:

    nec vero imperia expetenda: ac potius non accipienda interdum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68.— With quam, Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 11:

    Galliam potius esse Ariovisti quam populi Romani,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45.—When the predicates are compared, the verb in the following clause is always in the subj.:

    perpessus est omnia potius quam conscios indicaret,

    rather than, Cic. Tusc. 2, 22, 52:

    in oratione non vis potius quam delectatio postulatur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 78, 317:

    privabo potius illum debito testimonio quam id cum meā laude communicem,

    id. Ac. 2, 1, 3:

    scribam aliquid potius, quam committam ut litterae non reddantur,

    id. Att. 5, 6, 2:

    nos potius nostro delicto plectemur, quam res publica nostra peccata luat,

    Liv. 8, 7, 17:

    per interregem comitia habenda potius, quam consulum alter a bello avocaretur,

    id. 22, 23, 10; 9, 14, 16.— So with quam ut:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8: audeo dicere hoc malo domitos ipsos potius cultores agrorum fore, quam ut armati, etc., id. 2, 34, 11; 6, 28, 8; 9, 14, 7.—But after verbs of willing, wishing (sometimes of declaring), the inf. is used:

    dictatore obstinato tollere potius totum e re publicā consulatum, quam promiscuum facere,

    Liv. 7, 21, 1; 23, 9, 8; 21, 13, 8: v. Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 15, 2; Fest. s. v. olivitam, p. 202 Müll.; v. Muuml;ll. ad. loc. p. 203, a. —In an inverted order:

    quam potius,

    Verg. Copa, 5: quid mihi negotii est eum istis nugacibus, quam potius potamus mulsum? C. Titius ap. Macr. S. 2, 12.—Sometimes potius is to be supplied:

    tacita, bona est mulier semper, quam loquens,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 70; id. Men. 5, 1, 26:

    tamen statuit congredi, quam cum tantis copiis refugere,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 1.—Pleon., with words which already express comparison.— Comp., Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    Uticae potius quam Romae esse malle,

    Cic. Lig. 2, 5:

    favorabiliores rei potius, quam actores habentur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 167.—
    2.
    Esp., introducing a repetition of a thought in a corrected or strengthened form: aut potius, vel potius, or rather, or I may better say, etc.:

    efficiet enim ratio ut... mors aut malum non sit, aut sit bonum potius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 23:

    quam fuit imbecillus P. Africani filius, quam tenui aut nullā potius valetudine,

    id. Sen. 11, 35:

    erravit aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 113:

    Cato magnus hercule homo, vel potius summus et singularis vir,

    id. Brut. 85, 293; Dig. 1, 5, 16.—
    B.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmē ( pŏtissŭ-), and more freq. pŏtissĭmum ( pŏtissŭ-), chiefly, principally, especially, in preference to all others, above all, most of all (class.).—Form potissime, Cels. 3, 6.—Form potissimum:

    responde, quo leto censes me ut peream potissimum?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 6, 23:

    exsistat aliquis et potissimum Caecus ille,

    Cic. Cael. 14, 33; id. Mur. 2, 4:

    nos id potissimum consecuti sumus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 4, 11:

    tanta erat contentio, qui potissimum ex magno numero conscenderent, ut,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 43:

    quid agam? aut quo potissimum infelix accedam?

    Sall. J. 14, 15; Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2; Lact. 2, 18, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > potissume

  • 14 potissumum

    pŏtis (in the positive rarely declined, and in the neutr. pŏte), adj. ( comp. pŏ-tĭor, ius; sup. pŏtissĭmus, a, um; class. only in the comp.) [Sanscr. patis, lord; Gr. posis, husband; des-potês, lord; Lat. compotis (compos) potiri].
    I.
    Posit., able, capable; possible (mostly ante-class. and poet.): divi qui potes pro illo quod Samothraces theoi dunatoi, Varr L. L. 5, § 58 Müll.; Macr. S. 3, 4:

    nisi qui colaphos perpeti Potis parasitus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 21.—Usually in the connection potis or pote est, he, she, or it is able, may, or can:

    at ea supterfugere potis es pauca,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 17: neque sanguis ullo potis est pacto profluens consistere, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 38: istam non potis est vis saeva exstinguere venti, Poët. ap. Gell. 19, 9, 12:

    at non Evandrum potis est vis ulla tenere,

    Verg. A. 11, 148:

    quod nunquam potis est sejungi,

    Lucr. 1, 452:

    nec potis est cerni,

    id. 5, 719; Cat. 76, 24:

    qui potis est?

    how is it possible? id. 72, 7.—With plur.: si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    duae plus satis dare potis sunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 17:

    quid pastores potis sint,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2.—Without est: quis potis ingentes oras evolvere belli? Enn. ap. Diom. p. 381 P. (Ann. v. 178 Vahl.); Verg. A. 3, 671; Hor. C. 3, 17, 13.—Form pote:

    si non aliud pote est,

    Cat. 43, 16. Without est:

    nec devitari letum pote,

    Lucr. 3, 1079: viget, veget, utpote plurimum, Varr. ap Non. 2, 876:

    nec non emptor pote ex empto vendito illum damnare,

    id. R. R. 2, 2:

    nec eniti remis pote,

    Val. Fl. 4, 680; Prop. 2, 1, 46:

    qui pote? vis dicam? nugaris,

    Pers. 1, 56:

    in te dici pote, Id, quod,

    Cat. 98, 1:

    nec peccatum a me quisquam pote dicere quicquam,

    id. 67, 11:

    hoc facito, sive id non pote sive pote,

    be it impossible or possible, id. 76, 16:

    quid pote simplicius?

    what can be more simple? Mart. 9, 16, 2:

    nihil pote supra,

    nothing could exceed it, Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 11; Auct. ap. Cic. Brut. 46, 172; Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1:

    quantum pote,

    as soon as possible, id. ib. 4, 13, 1: quam pote, as much as possible (post-class.):

    aufugiamus istinc quam pote longissime,

    App. M. 1, p. 107, 9; 2, p. 119, 33.—
    II.
    Comp.: pŏtĭor, us, that may be preferred, preferred; better, preferable (class.).
    A.
    Of persons:

    numquam edepol erit ille potior Harpax, quam ego,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 1, 3, 95:

    quem aequiust potiorem habere quam te?

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 40: qui plus pollet potiorque est patre, old poet ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69; id. Fam. 10, 3, 2:

    itaque cives potiores quam peregrini,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    Sosim et Moericum quibus tantam crederem rem, potiores habui,

    Liv. 26, 31, 4:

    at tu, qui potior nunc es,

    happier in love, preferred, Tib. 1, 6, 33 (5, 69):

    ut in judicio possessionis potior esset,

    Dig. 18, 1, 34.—
    B.
    Of things, better, stronger, preferable, more useful or important:

    nulla potior serenda,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 15:

    sucus,

    Plin. 36, 22, 43, § 158:

    novistine locum potiorem rure beato?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 14:

    sententia,

    id. Epod. 16, 17:

    mors civibus Romanis semper fuit servitute potior,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 9, 19:

    illi turpis vita integrā famā potior fuit,

    Sall. J. 67, 3:

    nihil mihi potius fuit quam ut Massinissam convenirem,

    I had nothing more important, nothing more urgent to do, Cic. Rep. 6, 9, 9:

    illa semper potiora duxisti, quae, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:

    semper se rei publicae commoda privatis necessitatibus habuisse potiora,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Subst.:

    ut probetis potiora,

    Vulg. Phil. 1, 10: hem, mater mea, tibi rem potiorem video (sc. verbis), I see a fact stronger than words, i. e. a clearer proof, Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 12.—
    III.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmus, a, um, the chief, principal, most prominent, most important.
    A.
    Of persons ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    item huic ultro fit, ut Meret, potissimus nostrae domi ut sit,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 9:

    tantis potissimus umbris,

    Stat. Th. 4, 627:

    potissimos libertorum veneno interficere,

    Tac. A. 14, 65.—
    B.
    Of things (class.):

    utrum potius, aut quid potissimum sit, quaeritur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:

    cura,

    Stat. S. 4, 4, 20:

    nobilitas,

    Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 25:

    opusculum,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 14, 10:

    causa,

    Tac. A. 4, 16.—Hence, adv., only in the comp. and sup.
    A.
    Comp.: pŏtĭus, rather, preferably, more (class.; cf.: satius, prius): quo nos vocabis nomine? Ar. Libortos. Le. Non patronos? Ar. Id potius, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 62:

    sed scin', quid volo potius, sodes, facias?

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 27; id. And. 5, 3, 2:

    nec vero imperia expetenda: ac potius non accipienda interdum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68.— With quam, Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 11:

    Galliam potius esse Ariovisti quam populi Romani,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45.—When the predicates are compared, the verb in the following clause is always in the subj.:

    perpessus est omnia potius quam conscios indicaret,

    rather than, Cic. Tusc. 2, 22, 52:

    in oratione non vis potius quam delectatio postulatur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 78, 317:

    privabo potius illum debito testimonio quam id cum meā laude communicem,

    id. Ac. 2, 1, 3:

    scribam aliquid potius, quam committam ut litterae non reddantur,

    id. Att. 5, 6, 2:

    nos potius nostro delicto plectemur, quam res publica nostra peccata luat,

    Liv. 8, 7, 17:

    per interregem comitia habenda potius, quam consulum alter a bello avocaretur,

    id. 22, 23, 10; 9, 14, 16.— So with quam ut:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8: audeo dicere hoc malo domitos ipsos potius cultores agrorum fore, quam ut armati, etc., id. 2, 34, 11; 6, 28, 8; 9, 14, 7.—But after verbs of willing, wishing (sometimes of declaring), the inf. is used:

    dictatore obstinato tollere potius totum e re publicā consulatum, quam promiscuum facere,

    Liv. 7, 21, 1; 23, 9, 8; 21, 13, 8: v. Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 15, 2; Fest. s. v. olivitam, p. 202 Müll.; v. Muuml;ll. ad. loc. p. 203, a. —In an inverted order:

    quam potius,

    Verg. Copa, 5: quid mihi negotii est eum istis nugacibus, quam potius potamus mulsum? C. Titius ap. Macr. S. 2, 12.—Sometimes potius is to be supplied:

    tacita, bona est mulier semper, quam loquens,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 70; id. Men. 5, 1, 26:

    tamen statuit congredi, quam cum tantis copiis refugere,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 1.—Pleon., with words which already express comparison.— Comp., Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    Uticae potius quam Romae esse malle,

    Cic. Lig. 2, 5:

    favorabiliores rei potius, quam actores habentur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 167.—
    2.
    Esp., introducing a repetition of a thought in a corrected or strengthened form: aut potius, vel potius, or rather, or I may better say, etc.:

    efficiet enim ratio ut... mors aut malum non sit, aut sit bonum potius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 23:

    quam fuit imbecillus P. Africani filius, quam tenui aut nullā potius valetudine,

    id. Sen. 11, 35:

    erravit aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 113:

    Cato magnus hercule homo, vel potius summus et singularis vir,

    id. Brut. 85, 293; Dig. 1, 5, 16.—
    B.
    Sup.: pŏtissĭmē ( pŏtissŭ-), and more freq. pŏtissĭmum ( pŏtissŭ-), chiefly, principally, especially, in preference to all others, above all, most of all (class.).—Form potissime, Cels. 3, 6.—Form potissimum:

    responde, quo leto censes me ut peream potissimum?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 6, 23:

    exsistat aliquis et potissimum Caecus ille,

    Cic. Cael. 14, 33; id. Mur. 2, 4:

    nos id potissimum consecuti sumus,

    id. Tusc. 5, 4, 11:

    tanta erat contentio, qui potissimum ex magno numero conscenderent, ut,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 43:

    quid agam? aut quo potissimum infelix accedam?

    Sall. J. 14, 15; Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2; Lact. 2, 18, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > potissumum

  • 15 sum

    1.
    sum, fui, esse (2d pers. es, but usu. es in Plaut and Ter; old forms, indic. pres. esum for sum, acc. to Varr. L. L. 9, § 100 Mull.: essis for es, Att. ap. Non. 200, 30, or Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.: simus for sumus, used by Augustus, acc. to Suet. Aug. 87; fut. escit for erit, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25:

    esit, XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. nec, p. 162 Mull.: escunt for erunt,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60, 3, 3, 9; Lucr. 1, 619; perf. fuvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 168:

    FVVEIT, C. I. L. 1, 1051: fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 23; id. Mil. 3, 1, 159:

    fuerim,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 54:

    fuerit,

    id. As. 4, 1, 37; subj. pres. siem, sies, siet, etc., very freq., esp. in Plaut.; e. g. siem, Am. prol. 57; Ter. And. 3, 4, 7:

    sies,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 43; Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    siet,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 58; Ter. And. 1, 4, 7; Lucr. 3, 101:

    sient,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 54; Ter. And. 2, 3, 16; cf. Cic. Or. 47, 157; also,

    fuam, fuas, etc., regarded by G. Curtius, de Aorist. Lat. Rel. in Studien zur Gr. u. Lat. Gram. 1, 431 sqq., as an aorist: fuam,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 48; id. Mil. 2, 6, 112: fuas, Liv. Andron. ap. Non 111, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 71; 2, 3, 83; id. Pers. 1, 1, 52; id. Trin. 2, 1, 32: fuat, Pac. ap. Non. 111, 8; Carm. ap. Liv. 25, 12; Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 2; id. Aul. 2, 2, 56; id. Capt. 2, 2, 10 et saep.; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 639; Verg. A. 10, 108:

    fuant,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 110; id. Ep. 5, 1, 13; id. Ps. 4, 3, 12: fuvisset, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4; part. pres. ens, used by Caesar, acc. to Prisc. p. 1140 P.; and by Sergius Flavius, acc. to Quint. 8, 3, 33; fut. inf. fore for futurum esse, very freq., and so always with partt.; cf. Madv. Gram. § 108; whence, subj. imperf. forem fores, etc., for essem; esp. in conditional sentences and in the histt., but very rare in Cic.; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 597 sqq.), v. n. [root es; Sanscr. as-mi, and the Greek es-mi, whence eimi; perf. fui; root in Sanscr. bhu, to become; bhavas, condition; Gr. phuô, to beget; cf.: fetus, futuo, etc.], to be, as a verb substantive or a copula.
    I.
    As a verb substantive, to be.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Asserting existence, to be, exist, live:

    definitionum duo sunt genera prima: unum earum rerum quae sunt: alterum earum quae intelleguntur. Esse ea dico, quae cerni tangive possunt, ut fundum, aedes, parietem, cetera. Non esse rursus ea dico, quae tangi demonstrarive non possunt, cerni tamen animo atque intellegi possunt, ut si usucapionem, si tutelam, etc.... definias,

    Cic. Top. 5, 26 sq.:

    si abest, nullus est,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 16:

    nunc illut est, quom me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    ita paene nulla sibi fuit Phronesium ( = paene mortuus est),

    id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    omne quod eloquimur sic, ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:

    non statim, quod esse manifestum est, etiam quid sit apparet,

    Quint. 3, 6, 81: est locus, Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.):

    flumen est Arar, quod, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 12:

    homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt, qui futuri sunt!

    Cic. Fam. 11, 21, 1; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43:

    si quos inter societas aut est aut fuit aut futura est,

    id. Lael. 22, 83:

    nec enim, dum ero, angar ulla re, cum omni vacem culpa: et, si non ero, sensu omnino carebo,

    id. Fam. 6, 3, 4:

    si modo futuri sumus, erit mihi res opportuna,

    id. Att. 11, 4, 1:

    si quando erit civitas, erit profecto nobis locus: sin autem non erit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 6:

    nolite arbitrari, me cum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum fore,

    id. Sen. 22, 79:

    si erit ulla res publica... sin autem nulla erit,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 5:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    sive erimus seu nos fata fuisse volunt,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32: per quinquennia decem fuimus, Prud. Cath. praef. 2.—
    2.
    Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place:

    illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    neque enim est periculum, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 23, 37:

    amabo, quid tibi est?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 24:

    quid se futurum esset,

    Liv. 33, 27. —
    3.
    Of location, to be present, to be at a place.
    (α).
    With adv., or other expressions of place:

    cum non liceret quemquam Romae esse, qui, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 41, § 100:

    cum Athenis decem ipsos dies fuissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 8, 3; id. de Or. 2, 7, 27:

    cum Africanus constituisset in hortis esse,

    id. Rep. 1, 9, 14:

    cum essemus in castris,

    id. ib. 1, 15:

    nonne mavis sine periculo tuae domi esse quam cum periculo alienae?

    id. Fam. 4, 7, 4:

    vos istic commodissime sperem esse,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2: te hic tutissime puto fore, Pompon. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 11, A.—
    (β).
    Of passages in a book or writing, with in and abl., to be, stand, be written, etc.:

    deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:

    quid enim in illis (litteris) fuit praeter querelam temporum,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of personal relations, with ad or apud and acc., or cum and abl. of person:

    cum esset (Sulpicius Gallus) casu apud M. Marcellum,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21:

    eram cum Stoico Diodoto: qui cum habitavisset apud me mecumque vixisset, etc.,

    id. Brut. 90, 309:

    erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum et pauci, quibuscum essem aeque libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1:

    qui me admodum diligunt multumque mecum sunt,

    id. ib. 4, 13, 6; cf. with simul:

    Smyrnae cum simul essemus complures dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13.—Hence, esp.: esse cum aliquo (aliqua), to be with, i. e. live with, associate with, as husband or wife:

    cujus soror est cum P. Quintio,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77:

    ea nocte mecum illa hospitis jussu fuit,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 101; Ov. A. A. 3, 664:

    cum hac (meretrice) si qui adulescens forte fuerit,

    Cic. Cael. 20, 49; Ov. Am. 2, 8, 27: tum ad me fuerunt, qui, etc., Varr. ap. Non. 133, 28:

    Curio fuit ad me sane diu,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 8:

    cum ad me bene mane Dionysius fuit,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 1; cf.:

    esse sub uno tecto atque ad eosdem Penates,

    Liv. 28, 18.—
    4.
    Of relations analogous to place, of dress, condition, position, office, etc., to be, live, be found, etc., with in and abl.:

    cum est in sagis civitas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 32:

    in laxa toga,

    Tib. 2, 3, 78: sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictus;

    Sive erit in Cois, Coa decere puta,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 297: hominem non modo in aere alieno nullo, sed in suis nummis multis esse et semper fuisse, Cic. Verr [p. 1798] 2, 4, 6, §

    11: in servitute,

    id. Clu. 7, 21:

    in illa opinione populari,

    id. ib. 51, 142:

    in magno nomine et gloria,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 31:

    in spe,

    id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:

    in tanta moestitia,

    id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:

    in odio,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 1:

    in probris, in laudibus,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 61:

    in officio,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 49:

    in injustitia,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 42:

    in vitio,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 62; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 19:

    ne in mora quom opus sit, sies,

    Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    ne in mora illi sis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 9:

    hic in noxia'st,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 36:

    quae (civitas) una in amore atque in deliciis fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:

    in ingenti periculo,

    Liv. 5, 47:

    in pace,

    id. 31, 29.—So with abl. without in, when qualified by an adj.:

    (statua) est et fuit tota Graecia summo propter ingenium honore et nomine,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 87:

    si quis asperitate ea est et inmanitate naturae,

    id. Lael. 23, 87:

    ne quo periculo proprio existimares esse,

    id. Fam. 4, 15, 2 (B. and K. ex conj.:

    in periculo): ego sum spe bona,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    res nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    incredibili sum sollicitudine de tua valetudine,

    id. ib. 16, 15, 1; esp. in phrase periculo alicujus esse, to be at the risk of any one:

    rem illam suo periculo esse,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 6:

    ut quae in naves inposuissent, ab hostium tempestatisque vi publico periculo essent,

    Liv. 23, 49, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    dare nummos meo periculo,

    Dig. 46, 1, 24:

    communi periculo,

    ib. 13, 6, 21, § 1 (cf. II. B. 1. b. infra).—
    5.
    To depend upon, rest with, with in and abl.:

    res erat non in opinione dubia,

    Cic. Dom. 5, 11:

    sed totum est in eo, si, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 5:

    omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum,

    Liv. 10, 14, 12:

    quoniam totum in eo sit, ne contrectentur pocula,

    Col. 12, 4, 3. —
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Esse (est, sunt, etc.) often stands without a subject expressed, or with an indef. subj., as antecedent of a rel.-clause, whose verb may be in the indic. or subj.; the former only when the subject is conceived as particular or limited, and actually existing; the latter always when it is conceived as indefinite; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 562 sq.; Roby, Gram. § 1686 sq.; Madv. Gram. § 365; but the distinctions usually drawn by grammarians are not always observed by the best writers; and the subjunctive is always admissible, being the prevailing construction after sunt qui in class. prose, and nearly universal in postAug. writers: sunt, qui (quae), there are those ( people or things) who ( that), or simply some.
    a.
    With indic.
    (α).
    Without subject expressed:

    mulier mane: sunt Qui volunt te conventam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 37:

    sunt hic quos credo inter se dicere,

    id. Cas. prol. 67:

    sunt quae te volumus percontari,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 47:

    quid est, quod tu gestas tabellas?

    id. ib. 1, 1, 10:

    quid est, quod tu me nunc optuere?

    id. Most. 1, 1, 69; cf.:

    quid hoc est, quod foris concrepuit?

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    tun' is es, Qui in me aerumnam obsevisti?

    id. Ep. 4, 1, 34:

    quid est, quod tuo animo aegre est?

    id. Cas. 2, 2, 9; id. Cist. 4, 1, 3:

    at ego est quod volo loqui,

    id. As. 1, 3, 79:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 30:

    sunt quos scio amicos esse, sunt quos suspicor,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 54:

    ita subitum'st, quod eum conventum volo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 51:

    sunt quae ego ex te scitari volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 13:

    sed est quod suscenset tibi,

    Ter. And. 2, 6, 17:

    est quod me transire oportet,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 31:

    quid sit quapropter te jussi, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 7:

    sunt item quae appellantur alces,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 27 init.:

    (nationes) ex quibus sunt qui ovis vivere existimantur,

    id. ib. 4, 10 fin.:

    sunt qui putant posse te non decedere,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 25:

    sunt autem, qui putant non numquam complexione oportere supersederi,

    id. Inv. 1, 40, 72:

    quamquam sunt, qui propter utilitatem modo petendas putant amicitias,

    id. ib. 2, 55, 167:

    sunt autem quae praeterii,

    id. Att. 10, 4, 11:

    sunt, qui abducunt a malis ad bona, ut Epicurus. Sunt, qui satis putant ostendere, nihil inopinati accidisse... Sunt etiam qui haec omnia genera consolandi colligunt,

    id. Tusc. 3, 31, 76 Kuhn. N. cr.:

    sunt, qui, quod sentiunt, non audent dicere,

    id. Off. 1, 24, 84:

    Argiletum sunt qui scripserunt ab Argola, etc.,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 157 Mull.:

    sunt qui ita dicunt,

    Sall. C. 19, 4:

    sunt qui spiritum non recipiunt sed resorbent,

    Quint. 11, 3, 55:

    sunt, quos curriculo pulverem Olympicum Collegisse juvat,

    Hor. C. 1, 1, 3; cf. id. S. 1, 4, 24: sunt quibus unum opus est, etc., id. C. 1, 7, 5:

    sunt quibus in satira videor nimis acer,

    id. S. 2, 1, 1:

    sunt quorum ingenium nova tantum crustula promit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 47.—
    (β).
    With a subject expressed by an indefinite word or clause:

    sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:

    est genus hominum qui se primos omnium esse volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    multae sunt causae, quam ob rem cupio abducere,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 65 Fleck. (Ussing, cupiam):

    erat quidam eunuchus, quem mercatus fuerat,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 21:

    multaeque res sunt in quibus de suis commodis viri boni multa detrahunt,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 57:

    sunt ejus aliquot orationes, ex quibus lenitas ejus perspici potest,

    id. Brut. 48, 177:

    fuerunt alia genera philosophorum, qui se omnes Socraticos esse dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62:

    nonnulli sunt, qui aluerunt, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 12, 301:

    sunt quidam, qui molestas amicitias faciunt, cum ipsi se contemni putant,

    id. Lael. 20, 72:

    sunt vestrum, judices, aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognoverunt,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56:

    multae et pecudes et stirpes sunt, quae sine procuratione hominum salvae esse non possunt,

    id. N. D. 2, 52, 130:

    sunt bestiae quaedam, in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    permulta sunt, quae dici possunt, quare intellegatur, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33, 94; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 7, 22; id. Off. 1, 14, 43; 1, 20, 69; id. Div. 1, 54, 123:

    fuere complures, qui ad Catilinam initio profecti sunt,

    Sall. C. 39, 5: haec sunt, quae clamores et admirationes in bonis oratoribus efficiunt. Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 152:

    alia fuere, quae illos magnos fecere,

    Sall. C. 52, 21.—
    b.
    With. subj.: sunt, qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem;

    sunt qui nullum censeant fieri discessum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    sunt qui in rebus contrariis parum sibi constent,

    id. Off. 1, 21, 71:

    de impudentia singulari sunt qui mirentur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6:

    est eisdem de rebus quod dici potest subtilius,

    id. Tusc. 3, 15, 32:

    praesto est qui neget rem ullam percipi esse sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 32, 101:

    quicquid est quod deceat, id, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 27, 94:

    sunt qui nolint tetigisse nisi illas, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 28:

    sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 78:

    vestes Gaetulo murice tinctas Sunt qui non habeant, est qui non curet habere,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 182 et saep.—
    (β).
    With a more or less indefinite expression of the subject:

    sunt quidam e nostris, qui haec subtilius velint tradere et negent satis esse, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 31:

    rarum est quoddam genus eorum, qui se a corpore avocent,

    id. Div. 1, 49, 111:

    quotus igitur est quisque qui somniis pareat?

    id. ib. 2, 60, 125; id. de Or. 2, 50, 196:

    solus est hic, qui numquam rationes ad aerarium referat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 98:

    quae quibusdam admirabilia videntur, permulti sunt, qui pro nihilo putent,

    id. Lael. 23, 86:

    erat nemo in quem ea suspicio conveniret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65, cf.:

    quis enim miles fuit, qui Brundisii illam non viderit? quis, qui nescierit, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 25, 61:

    sit aliquis, qui nihil mali habeat,

    id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85:

    sunt nonnullae disciplinae, quae officium omne pervertant,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5:

    est quaedam animi sanitas quae in insipientem quoque cadat,

    id. Tusc. 4, 13, 30:

    Syracusis lex est de religione, quae jubeat,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 126:

    unus est qui curet constantia magis quam consilio,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 7:

    si est una ex omnibus quae sese moveat,

    id. Rep. 6, 26, 28:

    multi sunt, qui non acerbum judicent vivere, sed supervacuum,

    Sen. Ep. 24, 26:

    erant sententiae quae castra Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    fuere cives qui seque remque publicam obstinatis animis perditum irent,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    sunt verba et voces, quibus hunc lenire dolorem Possis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 34:

    sunt delicta tamen, quibus ignovisse velimus,

    id. A. P. 347.—
    * c.
    Poet.: est, quibus (acc. to the Gr. estin hois):

    est quibus Eleae concurrit palma quadrigae: est quibus in celeres gloria nata pedes,

    Prop. 3, 9 (4, 8), 17.—
    2.
    With dat., to belong or pertain to; or, rendering the dative as the subject of the verb, to have ( possess, = the Fr. etre a used of property, and of permanent conditions or characteristics, not of temporary states, feelings, etc.; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 417 sq.): aliquid reperiret, fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti, amicae quod daret, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 23:

    nomen Mercurio'st mihi, Plaut Am. prol. 19: nisi jam tum esset honos elo quentiae,

    Cic. Brut. 10, 40:

    est igitur homini cum deo similitudo,

    id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    familiaritas, quae mihi cum eo est,

    id. Att. 8. 3, 2:

    privatus illis census erat brevis,

    Hor. C. 2, 15, 13; cf.:

    Trojae et huic loco nomen est,

    Liv. 1, 1, 5:

    Hecyra est huic nomen fabulae,

    Ter. Hec. prol. 1:

    cui saltationi Titius nomen esset,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    cui (fonti) nomen Arethusa est,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 118:

    Scipio, cui post Africano fuit cognomen,

    Liv. 25, 2, 6.—With ellips. of dat. ( poet.):

    nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei),

    nor is she ashamed, Ov. A. A. 3, 167:

    neque testimonii dictio est (sc. servo),

    has no right to be a witness, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 63.—
    b.
    Esse alicui cum aliquo, to have to do with, to be connected with a person:

    tecum nihil rei nobis, Demipho, est,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 74:

    sibi cum illa mima posthac nihil futurum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 31, 77:

    jussit bona proscribi ejus, quicum familiaritas fuerat, societas erat,

    id. Quint. 6, 25:

    si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus,

    id. Fam. 15, 10, 2.—
    3.
    Esse with certain prepp. and their cases (cf. also I. A. 2. 3. 4. supra).
    (α).
    Esse ab aliquo, to be of a person, to be the servant, disciple, adherent, partisan, etc., of:

    es ne tu an non es ab illo milite e Macedonia?

    do you belong to? Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 21:

    ab Andria est ancilla haec,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 3; 4, 4, 17:

    erat enim ab isto Aristotele,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 160:

    sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me,

    makes for me, id. de Or 1, 13, 55 (cf. ab, I. B. 3., II. B. 2. o.). —
    (β).
    Esse pro aliquo, to be in favor of, make for:

    (judicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,

    Cic. Clu. 32, 88.—
    (γ).
    Esse ex aliqua re, to consist of, be made up of:

    (creticus) qui est ex longa et brevi et longa,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183; cf.:

    duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus,

    id. Or. 63, 212:

    etsi temeritas ex tribus brevibus et longa est,

    id. ib. 63, 214; 64, 215 (v. also 6. infra). —
    4.
    Euphem., in perf. tempp., of one who has died or a thing that has perished, to be no more, to be gone, departed, dead ( poet.):

    horresco misera, mentio quoties fit partionis: Ita paene tibi fuit Phronesium,

    i. e. had almost died, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 92:

    nunc illud est, cum me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    sive erimus, seu nos fata fuisse velint,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium et ingens Gloria Teucrorum,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    certus in hospitibus non est amor: errat ut ipsi, Cumque nihil speres firmius esse, fuit,

    Ov. H. 16, (17), 192.—
    5.
    Pregn., to be real or a fact, to be the case; so esp.: est, esto, it is even so, be it so, such is or let such be the case, granted, well, etc.:

    quid tibi vis dicam, nisi quod est?

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 17:

    sunt ista, Laeli,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 6:

    ista esse credere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: est vero, inquit, Africane, id. Fragm. ap. Lact. 1, 18:

    est ut dicis, inquam,

    id. Fin. 3, 5, 19:

    sit quidem ut sex milia seminum intereant,

    Col. 3, 3, 13:

    esto: ipse nihil est, nihil potest,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 15, 47; cf.:

    verum esto,

    id. Fin. 2, 23, 75:

    esto,

    Verg. A. 7, 313; 10, 67; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 81; 1, 17, 37 al.—Hence,
    b.
    The connections est ut, ubi, cum, quod, or with a subject-clause, it happens or chances that, it is the case that, there is cause or reason why, there is a time when, it is allowed or permissible that, one may, etc.
    (α).
    Est ut, it is the case or fact, that, etc.:

    sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, dos hic maneat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 7 (8), 32:

    si est, ut dicat velle se, Redde,

    id. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    si est, culpam ut Antipho in se admiserit,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 40:

    est, ut id maxime deceat,

    Cic. Or. 59, 199:

    quando fuit, ut, quod licet, non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48:

    non est igitur, ut mirandum sit, ea praesentiri, etc.,

    id. Div 1, 56, 128:

    non erat, ut fieri posset, mirarier umquam,

    Lucr. 5, 979:

    futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    non est, ut copia major Ab Jove donari possit tibi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 2:

    est ut viro vir latius ordinet Arbusta sulcis,

    id. C. 3, 1, 9; Dig. 38, 7, 2.—Cf. esse after a neg., with quin:

    numquam est enim, quin aliquid memoriae tradere velimus,

    Auct. Her. 3, 24, 40.—Also, est ut, there is reason, that, etc.:

    magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 6, 14 fin.: ille erat ut odisset primum defensorem salutis meae, he had good reason for hating [p. 1799] id. Mil. 13, 35; cf.:

    quid erat cur Milo optaret,

    id. ib. 13, 34:

    neque est ut putemus ignorari ea ab animalibus,

    Plin. 18, 1, 1, § 3. —
    (β).
    Est ubi, sometime or another, sometimes:

    erit, ubi te ulciscar, si vivo,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 26:

    est, ubi id isto modo valeat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 8, 23.—
    (γ).
    Est cum, sometimes:

    est cum non est satius, si, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 26, 36.—
    (δ).
    Est quod, there is reason to, I have occasion:

    est quod visam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 26:

    etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi quam quod te rogem,

    I have more reason to, Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc.,

    Liv. 30, 31, 9:

    quod timeas non est,

    Ov. H. 19, 159:

    nil est illic quod moremur diutius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 6:

    non est quod multa loquamur,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 30.—Cf. with cur:

    non est cur eorum spes infragatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6:

    nihil est cur,

    id. Fam. 6, 20, 1.—
    (ε).
    Est, sit, etc., with infin. in Gr. constr., it is possible, is allowed, permitted, one may, etc. (mostly poet. and post-class.):

    est quadam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 32:

    Cato, R. R. prooem. § 1: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:

    nec non et Tityon terrae omniparentis alumnum Cernere erat,

    Verg. A. 6, 596; 8, 676; Sil. 2, 413:

    neque est te fallere quicquam,

    Verg. G. 4, 447:

    unde Plus haurire est,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 79:

    est Gaudia prodentem vultum celare,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 103:

    quod versu dicere non est,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 87:

    quod tangere non est,

    Ov. M. 3, 478:

    quae verbo objecta, verbo negare sit,

    Liv. 42, 41, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut conjectare erat intentione vultus,

    Tac. A. 16, 34:

    est videre argentea vasa,

    id. G. 5; Val. Max. 2, 6, 8; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 227.— With dat.:

    ne tibi sit frigida saxa adire,

    Prop. 1, 20, 13; Tib. 1, 6, 24 (32):

    tu procul a patria (nec sit mihi credere tantum!) Alpinas nives Me sine vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46:

    fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando amicitiae tuae,

    Sall. J. 110, 3; Dig. 46, 3, 72, § 4.—
    (ζ).
    In eo ease ut, etc., to be in a condition to reach the point that, to be possible, etc., to be about to, on the point of, etc. ( impers. or with res, etc., as subj.):

    cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,

    Liv. 2, 17, 5:

    si viderent in eo jam esse ut urbs caperetur,

    id. 28, 22, 8:

    jamque in eo rem fore, ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    id. 8, 27, 3:

    cum res non in eo essent ut, etc.,

    id. 33, 41, 9:

    non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut, etc.,

    id. 30, 19, 3; 34, 41. —With person. subj. (late Lat.):

    cum ab Ulixe adducta Iphigenia in eo esset, ut immolaretur,

    Hyg. Fab. 261. —
    6.
    Like the Engl. to be, for to come, fall, reach, to have arrived, etc. (hence also with in and acc.):

    ecquid in mentem est tibi, Patrem tibi esse?

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 54:

    nam numero mi in mentem fuit,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,

    Cic. Quint. 5, 22:

    portus in praedonum fuisse potestatem sciatis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:

    ut certior fieret, quo die in Tusculanum essem futurus,

    id. Att. 15, 4, 2:

    qui neque in provinciam cum imperio fuerunt,

    id. Fam. 8, 8, 8:

    quae ne in potestatem quidem populi Romani esset,

    Liv. 2, 14, 4:

    nec prius militibus in conspectum fuisse,

    Suet. Aug. 16:

    esse in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 20, 66; cf.:

    in eorum potestatem portum futurum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 98; v. Gell. 1, 7, 16 sq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 316.—
    7.
    Of time, to pass, elapse (rare but class.):

    diem scito nullum esse, quo, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1.
    II.
    As a copula, to be any thing or in any manner.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    With an adj., subst., or pron.:

    et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod in homine multo est evidentius,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    sperare videor Scipionis et Laelii amicitiam notam posteritati fore,

    id. ib. 4, 15:

    non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:

    cum, ignorante rege, uter esset Orestes, Pylades Orestem se esse diceret, Orestes autem ita ut erat, Orestem se esse perseveraret,

    id. Lael. 7, 24:

    consul autem esse qui potui? etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:

    nos numerus sumus et fruges consumere nati,

    are a mere number, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 27:

    pars non minima triumphi est victimae praecedentes,

    Liv. 45, 49:

    nobile erit Romae pascua vestra forum,

    Prop. 4 (5), 9, 20:

    sanguis erant lacrimae,

    Luc. 9, 811:

    ego tu sum, tu es ego: unanimi sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 49:

    tuos sum,

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 60: domus non ea est, quam parietes nostri cingunt, Cic. Rep. 1, 13, 19:

    is enim fueram, cui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 7.—
    2.
    Less freq. with adv. (esp. in colloq. language): Am. Satin' tu sanus es? Sos. Sic sum ut vides, Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    sic, inquit, est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    est, inquit, ut dicis,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63:

    quod ita cum sit,

    id. ib. 1, 45, 69:

    quia sunt haud procul ab hujus aetatis memoria,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1 B. and K.:

    nec vero habere virtutem satis est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 2: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit. Liv. 2, 25:

    dato qui bene sit: ego, ubi bene sit, tibi locum lepidum dabo,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:

    apud matrem recte est,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    cum in convivio comiter et jucunde fuisses,

    id. Deiot. 7, 19:

    omnes hanc quaestionem haud remissius sperant futuram,

    id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11:

    dicta impune erant,

    Tac. A. 1, 72.—Esp.: facile alicubi (in aliqua re) esse, with pleasure, glad to be:

    quod in maritimis facillime sum,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 2:

    locum habeo nullum ubi facilius esse possum,

    id. Att. 13, 26, 2 (on esse with an adverb, v. Haase ap. Reisig, Vorles. p. 394; cf. also bene under bonus fin.).—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    With gen. part., to be of, belong to a class, party, etc.:

    in republica ita est versatus, ut semper optimarum partium et esset et existimaretur,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1:

    qui ejusdem civitatis fuit,

    id. Them. 9, 1:

    qui Romanae partis erant, urbe excesserunt,

    Liv. 35, 51, 7: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus;

    si defenditis, vestri, si deseritis, Samnitium erimus,

    id. 7, 30, 9 sq. —
    2.
    With gen. or abl. denoting quality.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    nimium me timidum, nullius animi, nullius consilii fuisse confiteor,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 36:

    disputatio non mediocris contentionis est,

    id. de Or. 1, 60, 257:

    magni judicii, summae etiam facultatis esse debebit,

    id. Or. 21, 70:

    (virtus) nec tantarum virium est, ut se ipsa tueatur,

    id. Tusc. 5, 1, 2; id. Fin. 5, 12, 36:

    Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit,

    Sall. J. 95, 3:

    summi ut sint laboris,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 2:

    civitas magnae auctoritatis,

    id. ib. 5, 54:

    refer, Cujus fortunae (sit),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54:

    se nullius momenti apud exercitum futurum,

    Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:

    qui ejusdem aetatis fuit,

    id. ib. 11, 1:

    invicti ad laborem corporis erat,

    Liv. 9, 16:

    nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit,

    id. 21, 60:

    somni brevissimi erat,

    Suet. Claud. 33.—So of extent, number, etc.:

    classis centum navium,

    Nep. Them. 2, 2; 2, 5:

    annus trecentarum sexaginta quinque dierum,

    Suet. Caes. 40.—
    (β).
    With abl.:

    bono animo es,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4:

    jam aetate ea sum, ut, etc.,

    id. Hec. 5, 1, 11:

    bellum varia victoria fuit,

    Sall. J. 5, 1:

    L. Catilina nobili genere natus fuit magna vi et animi et corporis, set ingenio malo,

    id. C. 5, 1:

    Sulla animo ingenti,

    id. J. 95, 3:

    esse magna gratia,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    tenuissima valetudine esse,

    id. ib. 5, 40:

    si fuerit is injustus, timidus, hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    mira sum alacritate ad litigandum,

    id. Att. 2, 7, 2:

    bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    ut bono essent animo,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 29:

    ut uxores eodem jure sint quo viri,

    id. ib. 1, 43, 67:

    qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis,

    id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:

    abi, quaere, unde domo quis, Cujus fortunae, quo sit patre quove patrono,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54 (cf. I. A. 4. supra). —
    3.
    With gen. or abl. of price or value.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    videtur esse quantivis pretii,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15:

    a me argentum, quanti (servus) est, sumito,

    id. Ad. 5, 9, 20:

    si ullo in loco frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 12, 33:

    ut quisque, quod plurimi sit, possideat, ita, etc.,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    magni erunt mihi tuae litterae,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 4:

    parvi sunt foris arma, nisi, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    an emat denario quod sit mille denarium,

    id. ib. 3, 23, 92:

    parvi pretii est quod nihili est,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est quam omnium sermo,

    is worth more to me, weighs more with me, id. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    neque pluris pretii cocum quam vilicum habeo,

    Sall. J. 85, 39:

    erat (agellus) centum milium nummum,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 3, 1. —
    (β).
    With abl.: sextante sal et Romae et per totam I i aliam erat, was worth, stood at, Liv. 29, 37.—
    4.
    With gen. of possession, etc., it belongs, pertains to; or it is the part, property, nature, mark, sign, custom, or duty of, etc.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc.,

    who possess, Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent,

    Liv. 37, 55, 5:

    teneamus eum cursum, qui semper fuit optimi cujusque,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 3:

    quamobrem neque sapientis esse accipere habenas,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9; id. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 81, 333:

    temeritas est florentis aetatis, prudentia senescentis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20:

    est adulescentis majores natu vereri,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 122:

    Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant,

    Liv. 8, 12, 13:

    tota tribuniciae potestatis erat,

    id. 3, 48:

    alterius morientis prope totus exercitus fuit,

    id. 22, 50:

    jam me Pompeii totum esse scis,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 13, 2:

    hominum, non causarum, toti erant,

    Liv. 3, 36:

    plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse,

    were devoted to, favored, id. 23, 14:

    Dolopes numquam Aetolorum fuerant: Philippi erant,

    id. 38, 3:

    Ptolemaeus propter aetatem alieni arbitrii erat,

    id. 42, 29:

    est miserorum ut malevolentes sint,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 51:

    quod alterum divinitatis mihi cujusdam videtur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:

    non est gravitatis ac sapientiae tuae, ferre immoderatius casum incommodorum tuorum,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 5:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Rarely with pronom. posses.:

    est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur,

    Cic. Mur. 38, 83:

    fuit meum quidem jam pridem rem publicam lugere,

    id. Att. 12, 28, 2.—
    (β).
    Esp., with gerundive, to denote tendency, effect, etc.:

    quae res evertendae rei publicae solerent esse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 132:

    regium inperium, quod initio conservandae libertatis fuerat,

    Sall. C. 6, 7:

    qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent,

    Liv. 3, 31, 7:

    ea prodendi imperii Romani, tradendae Hannibali victoriae esse,

    id. 27, 9, 12:

    nihil tam aequandae libertatis esse quam potentissimum quemque posse dicere causam,

    id. 38, 51, 8:

    frustrationem eam legis tollendae esse,

    id. 3, 24, 1 Weissenb. ad loc.; 3, 39, 8; 5, 3, 5; 40, 29, 11.—
    5.
    With dat. of the end, object, purpose, etc.:

    vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 17, 48:

    etiam quae esui potuique non sunt, contineri legato,

    Dig. 33, 9, 3; Gell. 4, 1, 20:

    ut divites conferrent, qui essent oneri ferendo,

    Liv. 2, 9:

    magis vis morbi curae esset, maxime quod, etc.,

    id. 4, 21, 5:

    cum solvendo aere (i. e. aeri) alieno res publica non esset,

    id. 31, 13:

    iniciuntur ea, quae umori extrahendo sunt,

    Cels. 4, 10 fin. — Esp. in phrase solvendo esse, to be solvent, able to pay:

    tu nec solvendo eras,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2 (v. solvo).—
    6.
    With predicative dat. sing., denoting that which the subject is, becomes, appears to be, etc.
    (α).
    Without second dat. of pers.:

    auxilio is fuit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 94:

    magis curae'st,

    id. Bacch. 4, 10, 3; id. Curc. 4, 2, 15; id. As. 1, 3, 23; id. Capt. 5, 2, 13 sq.:

    cui bono fuerit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:

    eo natus sum ut Jugurthae scelerum ostentui essem,

    Sall. J. 24, 10: cupis me esse nequam;

    tamen ero frugi bonae,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 51:

    magnoque esse argumento, homines scire pleraque antequam nati sint, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 21, 78:

    multi Indicioque sui facti persaepe fuere, Lucr 4, 1019: ejus rei ipsa verba formulae testimonio sunt,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 4, 11:

    haec res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuit,

    Liv. 4, 13:

    cujus rei Demosthenes atque Aeschines possunt esse documento,

    Quint. 7, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    With second dat. of pers.:

    obsecro vos ego mi auxilio sitis,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 9, 5; id. Ep. 5, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 2, 68:

    ne quid Captioni mihi sit,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 19:

    mihi cordi est,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    ubi eris damno molestiae et dedecori saepe fueris,

    id. As. 3, 2, 25:

    metuo illaec mihi res ne malo magno fuat,

    id. Mil. 2, 6, 12:

    nec Salus nobis saluti jam esse potest,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 4:

    bono usui estis nulli,

    id. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    quae sint nobis morbo mortique,

    Lucr. 6, 1095:

    quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 46:

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: ut mihi magnae curae tuam vitam ac dignitatem esse scires, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A fin.:

    accusant ei, quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13: haec tam parva [p. 1800] civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit, id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    ea dictitare, quae detrimento, maculae, invidiae, infamiae nobis omnibus esse possint,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §

    144: minus ea bella curae patribus erant, quam, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 23, 1:

    sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc.,

    id. 4, 7, 6:

    si hoc perinde curae est tibi quam illud mihi,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 8, 9:

    quantaeque curae tibi fuit, ne quis, etc.,

    id. Pan. 25, 3:

    quantae sit mihi curae,

    id. Ep. 6, 8, 2:

    si judicibus ipsis aut gloriae damnatio rei aut deformitati futura absolutio,

    Quint. 6, 1, 12.—Rarely with dat. gerund:

    nec tamen impedimento id rebus gerundis fuit,

    Liv. 26, 24 (for a full account of this dative, v. Roby, Gram. 2, praef. pp. xxv.-lvi., and § 1158 sq.).—
    7.
    Esse ad aliquid, to be of use for, to serve for:

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato, R. R. 125:

    completae naves taeda et pice reliquisque rebus quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 124.—
    8.
    Id est or hoc est, with predic.-clause by way of explanatory addition, that is, that is to say; sometimes also with a climax in the sense, which is as much as to say, or which is the same thing:

    sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur,

    Cic. Brut. 46, 172:

    quodsi in scena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,

    id. Lael. 26, 97:

    meos amicos, in quibus est studium, in Graeciam mitto, id est ad Graecos ire jubeo,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 8:

    si Epicurum, id est si Democritum probarem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 6:

    ut (sapiens) aegritudine opprimatur, id est miseria,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 27: a parte negotiali, hoc est pragmatikêi, Quint. 3, 7, 1:

    cum in bona tua invasero, hoc est, cum te docuero,

    id. 8, 3, 89.—
    9.
    Poet., with Greek inf. pleonastically:

    esse dederat monumentum,

    Verg. A. 5, 572 (cf.: dôke xeinêion einai, Hom. Il. 10, 269).
    2.
    sum = eum, Enn. ap. Fest., v. is.
    3.
    sum- in composition, for sub before m; v. sub fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sum

  • 16 ut

    ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
    I.
    As adv. of manner.
    A.
    Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
    1.
    In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:

    salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:

    ut vales?

    id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:

    ut sese in Samnio res habent?

    Liv. 10, 18, 11:

    ut valet? ut meminit nostri?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
    2.
    In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):

    ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:

    ut dissimulat malus!

    id. ib. 5, 4, 13:

    ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!

    id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;

    ut lenta materies fuit!

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:

    ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:

    ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:

    ut falsus animi est!

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:

    heia! ut elegans est!

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:

    fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!

    id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:

    Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:

    quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!

    id. Mil. 24, 64:

    qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!

    id. Fl. 5, 12:

    quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!

    id. Att. 3, 11, 2:

    quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!

    Verg. E. 8, 41:

    ut melius quidquid erit pati!

    Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:

    ut tu Semper eris derisor!

    id. S. 2, 6, 53:

    o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!

    Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
    3.
    In dependent questions.
    (α).
    With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:

    hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:

    hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:

    vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 10:

    illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:

    viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?

    Cat. 61, 77:

    viden ut perniciter exiluere?

    id. 62, 8:

    adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,

    id. 62, 12:

    aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),

    Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:

    nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,

    id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
    (β).
    With subj. (class.):

    nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:

    oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,

    id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:

    nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,

    id. Am. prol. 104:

    narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:

    tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:

    videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?

    id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:

    credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 4:

    videte ut hoc iste correxerit,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:

    docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,

    Liv. 23, 5, 8:

    aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,

    Prop. 1, 2, 9:

    infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,

    Quint. 6, 5, 10:

    vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:

    nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:

    audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:

    mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
    B.
    Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
    1.
    Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):

    ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:

    apparatus sum ut videtis,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 10:

    verum postremo impetravi ut volui,

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:

    ero ut me voles esse,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:

    faciam ut tu voles,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:

    ut potero feram,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:

    faciam ut mones,

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:

    Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:

    cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?

    id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,

    id. ib. 17, 49:

    homo demens, ut isti putant,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,

    id. ib. 1, 46, 70:

    non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,

    id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:

    Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,

    Liv. 3, 50, 4:

    (Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,

    id. 10, 46, 16:

    sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,

    id. 21, 4, 1:

    nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:

    servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,

    id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):

    si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:

    quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:

    quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,

    id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:

    incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,

    id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:

    tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:

    satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,

    id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
    2.
    With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;

    ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:

    sic sum ut vides,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:

    ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,

    Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:

    haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:

    te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:

    causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,

    id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:

    sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,

    Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:

    eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:

    ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:

    cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
    3.
    Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):

    gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:

    age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:

    utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:

    utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 14:

    non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:

    ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;

    v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
    4.
    Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
    a.
    Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:

    atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:

    ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 1:

    haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:

    praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 5:

    atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 25, 51:

    permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:

    magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:

    Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,

    Liv. 3, 6, 1:

    tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,

    id. 3, 71, 5:

    transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,

    id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:

    mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),

    Plaut. Men. prol. 30:

    Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,

    as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,

    Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,

    id. ib. 5, 33, 92:

    ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,

    Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
    b.
    Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:

    hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:

    ut est captus hominum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:

    Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,

    for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:

    nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,

    considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:

    (orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,

    for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:

    multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,

    id. Sen. 4, 12:

    consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,

    Liv. 1, 18, 1:

    florentem jam ut tum res erant,

    id. 1, 3, 3:

    Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,

    id. 24, 28, 1:

    Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,

    id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:

    Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,

    id. 1, 57, 1:

    vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,

    id. 32, 33, 9:

    Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,

    Nep. Epam. 5, 2:

    ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,

    Curt. 9, 1, 14:

    multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,

    Tac. G. 30. —
    c.
    Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):

    non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,

    seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:

    prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:

    facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,

    Liv. 1, 34, 6:

    inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,

    id. 38, 18, 7:

    Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,

    id. 33, 4, 11:

    Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,

    id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:

    Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,

    id. 9, 45, 10:

    igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,

    id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:

    omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,

    as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:

    in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,

    id. 3, 5, 9:

    ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,

    id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:

    ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,

    Liv. 3, 16, 2:

    gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,

    id. 7, 23, 6.—
    d.
    With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:

    perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,

    Cic. Clu. 25, 70:

    in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,

    Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
    C.
    Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):

    in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:

    flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),

    Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:

    in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,

    Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
    II.
    Conj.
    A.
    Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    With sic as correlative:

    haec res sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:

    quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:

    Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:

    si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,

    id. Brut. 72, 251:

    sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,

    id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,

    id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
    (β).
    With ita as correlative:

    ut sementem feceris, ita metes,

    Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:

    quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,

    id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:

    non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 1:

    ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,

    Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
    (γ).
    With other correlatives:

    in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,

    Cato, R. R. 78:

    encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,

    id. ib. 80:

    cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:

    disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:

    ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,

    id. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    fecisti item ut praedones solent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:

    item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;

    so with item,

    id. Or. 60, 202:

    is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,

    Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:

    nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:

    si aliter ut dixi accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    (δ).
    Without correlative:

    rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,

    Sall. J. 71, 5:

    quare perge ut instituisti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:

    apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. ib. 1, 38, 59:

    miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:

    comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,

    id. ib. 13, 5:

    ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,

    Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
    (α).
    = cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:

    ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?

    Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:

    ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,

    Liv. 26, 37, 6:

    Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:

    fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
    (β).
    Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,

    id. 21, 11, 5:

    ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,

    id. 21, 8, 1:

    haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,

    id. 3, 55, 15:

    in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,

    id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:

    uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,

    Tac. Agr. 6:

    ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,

    Quint. 10, 1, 74:

    ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,

    id. 12, 2, 12:

    quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,

    id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:

    ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,

    Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
    b.
    Ita... ut;

    in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:

    ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:

    sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
    c.
    In exemplifications.
    (α).
    In gen., as for example, for instance:

    nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:

    sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:

    qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:

    est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:

    est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,

    Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;

    if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
    (β).
    Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:

    ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:

    ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:

    ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 26:

    ut si qui in foro cantet,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 145:

    ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,

    Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:

    ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,

    Quint. 3, 8, 23:

    ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,

    id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:

    ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,

    Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
    d.
    Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:

    qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:

    ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 52:

    habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:

    Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,

    Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;

    ut hominem ingratum non invitus,

    in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:

    qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,

    Liv. 25, 40, 4:

    qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,

    id. 24, 45, 12:

    Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,

    Nep. Att. 16:

    et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:

    hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 65:

    id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,

    id. 9, 3, 35.—
    e.
    Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:

    mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:

    Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:

    ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,

    id. ib. 2, 14, 1:

    ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:

    qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,

    id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:

    similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,

    like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
    f.
    Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    id. Caecin. 2, 7:

    ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,

    id. Clu. 21, 57:

    ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:

    nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,

    Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
    (α).
    With ita understood:

    facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
    (β).
    With virtual superlatives:

    ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:

    ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
    (γ).
    The superlatives omitted in either clause:

    ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 64:

    ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:

    pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §

    68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,

    Liv. 9, 6, 1:

    ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,

    id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:

    nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,

    in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
    (δ).
    With a comparative in one of the terms:

    major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
    (ε).
    Without superlative, as, according as:

    de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,

    Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
    B.
    Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
    1.
    With perf. indic.
    a.
    In gen., as soon as:

    principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:

    ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:

    ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,

    id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:

    ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:

    qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:

    eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,

    id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:

    qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:

    ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,

    Liv. 21, 54, 9:

    ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,

    id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
    b.
    In oblique discourse:

    Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
    c.
    With primum, when first, as soon as ever:

    atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,

    Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
    d.
    Rarely of coincidence in time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
    e.
    Ut = ex quo tempore. since:

    ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,

    Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
    2.
    With imperf. indic.
    (α).
    In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;

    deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,

    Liv. 10, 22, 2:

    deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,

    id. 10, 28, 20:

    Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,

    id. 25, 26, 15:

    ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,

    id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:

    consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,

    Liv. 22, 44, 1:

    ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,

    id. 22, 14, 3:

    ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,

    id. 24, 1, 6.—
    (β).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
    3.
    With plupf.
    (α).
    = postquam (rare):

    ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:

    ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
    (β).
    In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:

    litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),

    Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:

    ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),

    id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,

    Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:

    ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,

    id. Clu. 19, 52:

    ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:

    ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,

    Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:

    ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
    4.
    With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:

    neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
    C.
    Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
    1.
    In object clauses.
    a.
    In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:

    malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:

    equidem mallem ut ires,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:

    equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:

    volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,

    id. Vatin. 7, 17:

    precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:

    postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,

    id. Clu. 2, 5:

    petebant uti equites praemitterent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,

    Cic. Quint. 10, 34:

    hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:

    illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,

    Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:

    cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:

    senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 4:

    exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:

    Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;

    esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:

    ut illum di deaeque perdant,

    id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
    (β).
    After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:

    ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 16, 4:

    tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:

    censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,

    I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:

    dixeram a principio ut sileremus,

    I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:

    Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,

    id. Sest. 64, 133:

    equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,

    id. Att. 16, 8, 2:

    M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,

    exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
    (γ).
    After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:

    rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:

    decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,

    Liv. 25, 33, 3:

    illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),

    id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:

    ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:

    servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,

    Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
    (δ).
    After verbs of command or prohibition:

    imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,

    Liv. 28, 33, 11:

    illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 60:

    M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,

    Liv. 41, 27, 3:

    consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:

    hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:

    iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,

    Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
    (ε).
    Verbs expressing permission:

    atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,

    Cic. Tull. 20, 47:

    concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:

    dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:

    ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
    b.
    In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:

    ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:

    facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,

    he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,

    care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:

    ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:

    cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,

    id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,

    id. Clu. 41, 116:

    omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,

    Liv. 24, 34, 12:

    omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
    (β).
    Verbs of effecting:

    nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:

    prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:

    caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:

    sol efficit ut omnia floreant,

    id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:

    potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 44:

    non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:

    di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:

    quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
    (γ).
    Verbs of obtaining:

    Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,

    what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:

    facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,

    Liv. 35, 51, 6:

    vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,

    id. 4, 25, 13.—
    (δ).
    Verbs of inducing and compelling:

    nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:

    civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:

    Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,

    id. ib. 16, 18, 2:

    ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:

    impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 42:

    ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
    (ε).
    After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:

    cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,

    not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:

    obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    (natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,

    id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:

    hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,

    he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?

    the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:

    respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 272:

    meruit ut suspendatur,

    Sen. Ep. 7, 5:

    quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
    c.
    After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:

    rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39:

    vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:

    verebar ut redderentur,

    id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:

    sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 1:

    veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,

    id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:

    timeo ut sustineas,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:

    o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;

    si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:

    quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,

    Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
    d.
    In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):

    me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:

    te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    egone ut te interpellem?

    id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:

    pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?

    id. Planc. 13, 31:

    egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?

    Sen. Med. 927.—
    2.
    In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
    a.
    With a predicate adjective.
    (α).
    With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:

    id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:

    reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:

    praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:

    ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:

    proximum est ut doceam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:

    extremum est ut te orem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:

    ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):

    aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:

    non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
    (β).
    In clauses expressing result and consequence:

    magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,

    that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:

    consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,

    id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
    (γ).
    In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):

    concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:

    concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),

    id. ib. 5, 18:

    si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1:

    de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,

    Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:

    non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:

    deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,

    rarum est ut,

    Quint. 3, 19, 3:

    quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:

    multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,

    Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
    b.
    With predicate nouns.
    (α).
    Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:

    quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:

    Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,

    Liv. 6, 31, 7:

    vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,

    Cic. Planc. 2, 5:

    consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,

    ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:

    tempus est ut eamus ad forum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:

    dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 9:

    primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:

    ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 14, 38:

    caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,

    duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,

    caput est ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:

    fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,

    id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,

    ratio est ut,

    id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Expressing result and consequence:

    est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,

    Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
    c.
    With impersonal verbs.
    (α).
    Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:

    convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:

    mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:

    placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,

    id. Or. 1, 34, 155:

    ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,

    id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:

    fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,

    it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—

    So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:

    sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,

    id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:

    utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,

    id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
    (β).
    Denoting consequence:

    ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,

    Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:

    sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:

    sequitur ut causa ponatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
    (γ).
    Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:

    est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,

    it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:

    non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,

    there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:

    quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:

    jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    Liv. 8, 27, 3:

    cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,

    Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:

    jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,

    Liv. 2, 23, 14:

    prope est ut lamentationem exigat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:

    arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:

    futurum est ut sapiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
    3.
    In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
    a.
    With the idea of resolve, etc.:

    vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,

    Liv. 9, 26, 4:

    sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
    b.
    Of agreement:

    fide accepta ut remitterent eum,

    Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
    c.
    Of law, rule, etc.:

    praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,

    Liv. 24, 25, 10:

    senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,

    id. 35, 24, 2:

    haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 42:

    Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
    d.
    Of duty:

    jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
    e.
    Of purpose, inclination, etc.:

    vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,

    make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:

    causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:

    confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,

    id. Font. 2, 3.—
    f.
    Of effect, result, etc.:

    fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:

    habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,

    id. Pis. 32, 81:

    damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
    4.
    In clauses of manner, that, so that.
    a.
    With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;

    anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
    b.
    With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:

    ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),

    id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §

    162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:

    non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:

    haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:

    hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
    c.
    Without antecedents, so that:

    cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,

    Cic. Lael. 24, 90:

    in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6:

    accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,

    id. B. C. 3, 79:

    pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,

    Liv. 3, 13, 10:

    fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,

    id. 8, 17, 6:

    nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
    d.
    Idiomat. with non.
    (α).
    Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,

    Liv. 24, 8, 10:

    non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,

    id. 45, 25, 12:

    nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:

    ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,

    id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:

    nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,

    id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;

    neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
    (β).
    Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;

    rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,

    not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:

    haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:

    benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;

    non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,

    Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,

    Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,

    Tac. Or. 10.—
    e.
    Conditional or concessive.
    (α).
    Granting that ( for argument's sake):

    quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 53, 146:

    quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?

    id. Div. 2, 14, 33:

    nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
    (β).
    Even if, although:

    qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:

    ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:

    ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,

    id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:

    ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,

    id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:

    qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,

    Liv. 36, 7, 20:

    neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,

    id. 21, 47, 5:

    at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?

    id. 34, 32, 13:

    ut jam Macedonia deficiat,

    id. 42, 12, 10:

    cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,

    id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:

    ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9:

    ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,

    Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:

    ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,

    Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:

    quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:

    quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
    (γ).
    Provided that:

    ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,

    Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;

    succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
    5.
    In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
    a.
    In gen.:

    quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:

    haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:

    intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,

    id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:

    id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:

    ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
    b.
    Esp., after certain antecedents.
    (α).
    After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):

    id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
    (β).
    After idcirco:

    idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:

    legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,

    id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    After ideo and eo:

    non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
    (δ).
    After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:

    ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?

    Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:

    homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
    (ε).
    After ea mente, hac mente:

    navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
    (ζ).
    After potius quam:

    potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,

    Liv. 6, 28, 8:

    potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,

    id. 9, 14, 8.—
    c.
    Idiomat.
    (α).
    With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:

    ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?

    to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:

    reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,

    to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:

    Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,

    to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:

    ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
    (β).
    Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):

    satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,

    disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
    (γ).
    Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:

    quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,

    too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:

    quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?

    id. Brut. 18, 70:

    clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,

    too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:

    potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,

    id. 25, 1, 11:

    est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ut

  • 17 utei

    ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
    I.
    As adv. of manner.
    A.
    Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
    1.
    In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:

    salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:

    ut vales?

    id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:

    ut sese in Samnio res habent?

    Liv. 10, 18, 11:

    ut valet? ut meminit nostri?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
    2.
    In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):

    ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:

    ut dissimulat malus!

    id. ib. 5, 4, 13:

    ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!

    id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;

    ut lenta materies fuit!

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:

    ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:

    ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:

    ut falsus animi est!

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:

    heia! ut elegans est!

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:

    fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!

    id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:

    Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:

    quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!

    id. Mil. 24, 64:

    qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!

    id. Fl. 5, 12:

    quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!

    id. Att. 3, 11, 2:

    quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!

    Verg. E. 8, 41:

    ut melius quidquid erit pati!

    Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:

    ut tu Semper eris derisor!

    id. S. 2, 6, 53:

    o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!

    Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
    3.
    In dependent questions.
    (α).
    With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:

    hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:

    hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:

    vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 10:

    illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:

    viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?

    Cat. 61, 77:

    viden ut perniciter exiluere?

    id. 62, 8:

    adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,

    id. 62, 12:

    aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),

    Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:

    nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,

    id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
    (β).
    With subj. (class.):

    nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:

    oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,

    id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:

    nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,

    id. Am. prol. 104:

    narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:

    tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:

    videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?

    id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:

    credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 4:

    videte ut hoc iste correxerit,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:

    docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,

    Liv. 23, 5, 8:

    aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,

    Prop. 1, 2, 9:

    infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,

    Quint. 6, 5, 10:

    vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:

    nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:

    audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:

    mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
    B.
    Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
    1.
    Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):

    ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:

    apparatus sum ut videtis,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 10:

    verum postremo impetravi ut volui,

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:

    ero ut me voles esse,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:

    faciam ut tu voles,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:

    ut potero feram,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:

    faciam ut mones,

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:

    Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:

    cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?

    id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,

    id. ib. 17, 49:

    homo demens, ut isti putant,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,

    id. ib. 1, 46, 70:

    non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,

    id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:

    Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,

    Liv. 3, 50, 4:

    (Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,

    id. 10, 46, 16:

    sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,

    id. 21, 4, 1:

    nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:

    servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,

    id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):

    si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:

    quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:

    quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,

    id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:

    incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,

    id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:

    tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:

    satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,

    id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
    2.
    With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;

    ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:

    sic sum ut vides,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:

    ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,

    Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:

    haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:

    te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:

    causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,

    id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:

    sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,

    Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:

    eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:

    ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:

    cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
    3.
    Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):

    gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:

    age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:

    utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:

    utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 14:

    non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:

    ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;

    v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
    4.
    Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
    a.
    Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:

    atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:

    ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 1:

    haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:

    praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 5:

    atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 25, 51:

    permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:

    magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:

    Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,

    Liv. 3, 6, 1:

    tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,

    id. 3, 71, 5:

    transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,

    id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:

    mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),

    Plaut. Men. prol. 30:

    Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,

    as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,

    Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,

    id. ib. 5, 33, 92:

    ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,

    Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
    b.
    Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:

    hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:

    ut est captus hominum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:

    Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,

    for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:

    nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,

    considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:

    (orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,

    for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:

    multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,

    id. Sen. 4, 12:

    consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,

    Liv. 1, 18, 1:

    florentem jam ut tum res erant,

    id. 1, 3, 3:

    Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,

    id. 24, 28, 1:

    Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,

    id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:

    Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,

    id. 1, 57, 1:

    vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,

    id. 32, 33, 9:

    Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,

    Nep. Epam. 5, 2:

    ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,

    Curt. 9, 1, 14:

    multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,

    Tac. G. 30. —
    c.
    Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):

    non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,

    seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:

    prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:

    facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,

    Liv. 1, 34, 6:

    inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,

    id. 38, 18, 7:

    Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,

    id. 33, 4, 11:

    Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,

    id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:

    Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,

    id. 9, 45, 10:

    igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,

    id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:

    omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,

    as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:

    in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,

    id. 3, 5, 9:

    ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,

    id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:

    ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,

    Liv. 3, 16, 2:

    gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,

    id. 7, 23, 6.—
    d.
    With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:

    perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,

    Cic. Clu. 25, 70:

    in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,

    Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
    C.
    Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):

    in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:

    flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),

    Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:

    in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,

    Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
    II.
    Conj.
    A.
    Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    With sic as correlative:

    haec res sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:

    quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:

    Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:

    si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,

    id. Brut. 72, 251:

    sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,

    id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,

    id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
    (β).
    With ita as correlative:

    ut sementem feceris, ita metes,

    Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:

    quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,

    id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:

    non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 1:

    ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,

    Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
    (γ).
    With other correlatives:

    in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,

    Cato, R. R. 78:

    encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,

    id. ib. 80:

    cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:

    disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:

    ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,

    id. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    fecisti item ut praedones solent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:

    item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;

    so with item,

    id. Or. 60, 202:

    is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,

    Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:

    nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:

    si aliter ut dixi accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    (δ).
    Without correlative:

    rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,

    Sall. J. 71, 5:

    quare perge ut instituisti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:

    apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. ib. 1, 38, 59:

    miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:

    comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,

    id. ib. 13, 5:

    ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,

    Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
    (α).
    = cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:

    ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?

    Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:

    ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,

    Liv. 26, 37, 6:

    Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:

    fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
    (β).
    Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,

    id. 21, 11, 5:

    ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,

    id. 21, 8, 1:

    haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,

    id. 3, 55, 15:

    in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,

    id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:

    uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,

    Tac. Agr. 6:

    ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,

    Quint. 10, 1, 74:

    ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,

    id. 12, 2, 12:

    quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,

    id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:

    ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,

    Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
    b.
    Ita... ut;

    in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:

    ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:

    sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
    c.
    In exemplifications.
    (α).
    In gen., as for example, for instance:

    nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:

    sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:

    qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:

    est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:

    est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,

    Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;

    if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
    (β).
    Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:

    ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:

    ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:

    ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 26:

    ut si qui in foro cantet,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 145:

    ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,

    Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:

    ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,

    Quint. 3, 8, 23:

    ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,

    id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:

    ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,

    Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
    d.
    Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:

    qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:

    ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 52:

    habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:

    Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,

    Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;

    ut hominem ingratum non invitus,

    in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:

    qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,

    Liv. 25, 40, 4:

    qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,

    id. 24, 45, 12:

    Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,

    Nep. Att. 16:

    et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:

    hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 65:

    id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,

    id. 9, 3, 35.—
    e.
    Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:

    mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:

    Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:

    ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,

    id. ib. 2, 14, 1:

    ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:

    qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,

    id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:

    similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,

    like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
    f.
    Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    id. Caecin. 2, 7:

    ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,

    id. Clu. 21, 57:

    ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:

    nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,

    Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
    (α).
    With ita understood:

    facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
    (β).
    With virtual superlatives:

    ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:

    ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
    (γ).
    The superlatives omitted in either clause:

    ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 64:

    ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:

    pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §

    68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,

    Liv. 9, 6, 1:

    ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,

    id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:

    nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,

    in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
    (δ).
    With a comparative in one of the terms:

    major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
    (ε).
    Without superlative, as, according as:

    de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,

    Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
    B.
    Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
    1.
    With perf. indic.
    a.
    In gen., as soon as:

    principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:

    ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:

    ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,

    id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:

    ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:

    qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:

    eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,

    id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:

    qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:

    ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,

    Liv. 21, 54, 9:

    ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,

    id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
    b.
    In oblique discourse:

    Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
    c.
    With primum, when first, as soon as ever:

    atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,

    Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
    d.
    Rarely of coincidence in time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
    e.
    Ut = ex quo tempore. since:

    ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,

    Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
    2.
    With imperf. indic.
    (α).
    In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;

    deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,

    Liv. 10, 22, 2:

    deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,

    id. 10, 28, 20:

    Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,

    id. 25, 26, 15:

    ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,

    id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:

    consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,

    Liv. 22, 44, 1:

    ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,

    id. 22, 14, 3:

    ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,

    id. 24, 1, 6.—
    (β).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
    3.
    With plupf.
    (α).
    = postquam (rare):

    ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:

    ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
    (β).
    In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:

    litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),

    Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:

    ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),

    id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,

    Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:

    ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,

    id. Clu. 19, 52:

    ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:

    ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,

    Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:

    ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
    4.
    With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:

    neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
    C.
    Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
    1.
    In object clauses.
    a.
    In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:

    malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:

    equidem mallem ut ires,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:

    equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:

    volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,

    id. Vatin. 7, 17:

    precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:

    postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,

    id. Clu. 2, 5:

    petebant uti equites praemitterent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,

    Cic. Quint. 10, 34:

    hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:

    illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,

    Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:

    cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:

    senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 4:

    exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:

    Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;

    esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:

    ut illum di deaeque perdant,

    id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
    (β).
    After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:

    ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 16, 4:

    tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:

    censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,

    I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:

    dixeram a principio ut sileremus,

    I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:

    Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,

    id. Sest. 64, 133:

    equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,

    id. Att. 16, 8, 2:

    M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,

    exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
    (γ).
    After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:

    rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:

    decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,

    Liv. 25, 33, 3:

    illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),

    id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:

    ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:

    servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,

    Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
    (δ).
    After verbs of command or prohibition:

    imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,

    Liv. 28, 33, 11:

    illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 60:

    M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,

    Liv. 41, 27, 3:

    consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:

    hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:

    iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,

    Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
    (ε).
    Verbs expressing permission:

    atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,

    Cic. Tull. 20, 47:

    concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:

    dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:

    ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
    b.
    In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:

    ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:

    facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,

    he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,

    care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:

    ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:

    cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,

    id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,

    id. Clu. 41, 116:

    omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,

    Liv. 24, 34, 12:

    omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
    (β).
    Verbs of effecting:

    nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:

    prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:

    caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:

    sol efficit ut omnia floreant,

    id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:

    potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 44:

    non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:

    di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:

    quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
    (γ).
    Verbs of obtaining:

    Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,

    what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:

    facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,

    Liv. 35, 51, 6:

    vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,

    id. 4, 25, 13.—
    (δ).
    Verbs of inducing and compelling:

    nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:

    civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:

    Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,

    id. ib. 16, 18, 2:

    ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:

    impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 42:

    ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
    (ε).
    After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:

    cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,

    not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:

    obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    (natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,

    id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:

    hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,

    he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?

    the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:

    respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 272:

    meruit ut suspendatur,

    Sen. Ep. 7, 5:

    quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
    c.
    After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:

    rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39:

    vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:

    verebar ut redderentur,

    id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:

    sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 1:

    veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,

    id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:

    timeo ut sustineas,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:

    o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;

    si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:

    quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,

    Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
    d.
    In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):

    me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:

    te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    egone ut te interpellem?

    id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:

    pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?

    id. Planc. 13, 31:

    egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?

    Sen. Med. 927.—
    2.
    In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
    a.
    With a predicate adjective.
    (α).
    With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:

    id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:

    reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:

    praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:

    ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:

    proximum est ut doceam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:

    extremum est ut te orem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:

    ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):

    aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:

    non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
    (β).
    In clauses expressing result and consequence:

    magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,

    that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:

    consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,

    id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
    (γ).
    In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):

    concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:

    concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),

    id. ib. 5, 18:

    si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1:

    de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,

    Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:

    non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:

    deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,

    rarum est ut,

    Quint. 3, 19, 3:

    quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:

    multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,

    Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
    b.
    With predicate nouns.
    (α).
    Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:

    quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:

    Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,

    Liv. 6, 31, 7:

    vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,

    Cic. Planc. 2, 5:

    consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,

    ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:

    tempus est ut eamus ad forum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:

    dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 9:

    primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:

    ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 14, 38:

    caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,

    duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,

    caput est ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:

    fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,

    id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,

    ratio est ut,

    id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Expressing result and consequence:

    est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,

    Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
    c.
    With impersonal verbs.
    (α).
    Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:

    convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:

    mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:

    placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,

    id. Or. 1, 34, 155:

    ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,

    id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:

    fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,

    it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—

    So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:

    sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,

    id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:

    utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,

    id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
    (β).
    Denoting consequence:

    ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,

    Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:

    sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:

    sequitur ut causa ponatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
    (γ).
    Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:

    est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,

    it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:

    non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,

    there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:

    quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:

    jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    Liv. 8, 27, 3:

    cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,

    Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:

    jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,

    Liv. 2, 23, 14:

    prope est ut lamentationem exigat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:

    arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:

    futurum est ut sapiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
    3.
    In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
    a.
    With the idea of resolve, etc.:

    vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,

    Liv. 9, 26, 4:

    sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
    b.
    Of agreement:

    fide accepta ut remitterent eum,

    Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
    c.
    Of law, rule, etc.:

    praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,

    Liv. 24, 25, 10:

    senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,

    id. 35, 24, 2:

    haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 42:

    Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
    d.
    Of duty:

    jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
    e.
    Of purpose, inclination, etc.:

    vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,

    make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:

    causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:

    confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,

    id. Font. 2, 3.—
    f.
    Of effect, result, etc.:

    fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:

    habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,

    id. Pis. 32, 81:

    damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
    4.
    In clauses of manner, that, so that.
    a.
    With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;

    anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
    b.
    With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:

    ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),

    id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §

    162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:

    non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:

    haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:

    hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
    c.
    Without antecedents, so that:

    cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,

    Cic. Lael. 24, 90:

    in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6:

    accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,

    id. B. C. 3, 79:

    pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,

    Liv. 3, 13, 10:

    fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,

    id. 8, 17, 6:

    nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
    d.
    Idiomat. with non.
    (α).
    Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,

    Liv. 24, 8, 10:

    non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,

    id. 45, 25, 12:

    nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:

    ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,

    id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:

    nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,

    id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;

    neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
    (β).
    Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;

    rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,

    not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:

    haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:

    benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;

    non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,

    Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,

    Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,

    Tac. Or. 10.—
    e.
    Conditional or concessive.
    (α).
    Granting that ( for argument's sake):

    quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 53, 146:

    quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?

    id. Div. 2, 14, 33:

    nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
    (β).
    Even if, although:

    qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:

    ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:

    ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,

    id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:

    ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,

    id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:

    qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,

    Liv. 36, 7, 20:

    neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,

    id. 21, 47, 5:

    at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?

    id. 34, 32, 13:

    ut jam Macedonia deficiat,

    id. 42, 12, 10:

    cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,

    id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:

    ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9:

    ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,

    Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:

    ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,

    Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:

    quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:

    quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
    (γ).
    Provided that:

    ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,

    Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;

    succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
    5.
    In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
    a.
    In gen.:

    quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:

    haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:

    intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,

    id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:

    id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:

    ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
    b.
    Esp., after certain antecedents.
    (α).
    After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):

    id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
    (β).
    After idcirco:

    idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:

    legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,

    id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    After ideo and eo:

    non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
    (δ).
    After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:

    ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?

    Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:

    homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
    (ε).
    After ea mente, hac mente:

    navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
    (ζ).
    After potius quam:

    potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,

    Liv. 6, 28, 8:

    potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,

    id. 9, 14, 8.—
    c.
    Idiomat.
    (α).
    With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:

    ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?

    to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:

    reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,

    to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:

    Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,

    to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:

    ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
    (β).
    Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):

    satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,

    disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
    (γ).
    Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:

    quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,

    too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:

    quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?

    id. Brut. 18, 70:

    clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,

    too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:

    potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,

    id. 25, 1, 11:

    est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > utei

  • 18 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 19 co

    Ⅰ pron. 1. (w pytaniach) what
    - co to (jest)? what’s this/that?
    - co jest na górze? what’s upstairs?
    - co robisz? what are you doing?
    - co mi kupiłaś? what did you buy for me?
    - co się dzieje? what’s going on a. happening?
    - co ci po tym? what do you need it for?
    - o co chodzi? what’s the problem a. matter?, what’s going on?
    - w co się ubierzesz? what are you going to wear?
    - czego szukasz? what are you looking for?
    - czego on chciał? what did he want?
    - czego a. copot. chcesz w zamian? what do you want in exchange?
    - do czego służy ten guzik? what is this button for?
    - z czego jest ta koszula? what is this shirt made of?
    - czemu się tak przyglądasz? what are you looking at?
    - czym mam otworzyć tę puszkę? what shall I open this tin with?
    - czym żywią się wieloryby? what do whales feed on?
    - czym to się skończy? how will it (all) end?
    - o czym oni mówią? what are they talking about?
    - co to za maszyna? what’s this/that machine?
    - co to za kamień? what kind of stone is this?
    - co ty na to? what do you say a. think?
    - co u ciebie? how are you?, what’s new?, how’s life (treating you)?
    - co z tobą? źle się czujesz? what’s wrong (with you)?, don’t you feel well?
    - psa zabierzemy ze sobą, ale co z kotem? we can take the dog with us, but what about the cat?
    - co z tego? a. no to co? what of a. about it? pot.
    - co z tego, że kocha? so he’s in love, so what? pot.
    - co on, oszalał, żeby tyle forsy przepuścić! pot. he must be mad blowing all that money pot.
    - czego tam nie ma na strychu! there are all sorts of things in the attic
    - czym to on w życiu nie był! he’s done all sorts of things in life
    - co ty mi tu przyniosłeś? what on earth have you brought me?
    - po co a. na co? what for?
    - po co jedziesz do Krakowa? what are you going to Cracow for?
    - na co ci ten scyzoryk? what do you need this penknife for?
    - i na co wam to było? what did you have to (go and) do that for?
    - czego tam poszłaś? pot. what did you go there for?
    - czemu płaczesz? what are you crying for?
    - czemu nie? why not?
    - „idziesz z nami?” – „czemu nie” ‘are you coming with us?’ – ‘why not?’
    2. (w mowie zależnej) what
    - powiedz, co chcesz na śniadanie tell me what you want for breakfast
    - zapytaj go, co zrobił z nożyczkami ask him what he’s done with the scissors
    - dobrze byłoby wiedzieć, o co właściwie mu chodzi it would be good to know what he really wants
    - przysłuchiwał się, o czym rozmawiają he was listening in on their conversation
    - nie wiem, co to była za ryba I don’t know what kind of fish it was
    - nie rozumiem, po co tu przyszedł I don’t understand why he came here a. what he came here for
    - powiem mu jutro, co i jak I’ll tell him tomorrow what’s what
    - wiesz co?… (do) you know what?… pot., (I’ll) tell you what… pot.
    3. (w zdaniu podrzędnym zawężającym) that
    - wszystko to, co chciał zrobić everything (that) he wanted to do
    - mam coś, co cię zainteresuje I’ve got something that’ll interest you
    - nie zrobiłam nic, czego musiałabym się wstydzić I did nothing (that) I ought to be ashamed of
    - rób, co chcesz do what you want
    - czym była kiedyś łacina, tym stał się dziś język angielski what Latin was once, English is today
    - co jest naprawdę nieznośne, to myśl, że… what is really maddening is the thought that…
    - z czego będziemy żyć, to mój kłopot what we’re going to live on is my problem
    - co się stało, to się nie odstanie what’s done is done
    4. (w zdaniu podrzędnym rozwijającym) which
    - powiedział, że pożyczył mi pieniądze, co nie było prawdą he said he had lent me some money, which wasn’t true
    - zdał ostatni egzamin, czym bardzo ucieszył rodziców he passed the last exam, which made his parents very happy
    5. (ile, jak, jaki) as
    - on ma tyle samo wrogów, co przyjaciół he has as many enemies as he has friends
    - zatrudniamy tyle samo pracowników, co rok temu we employ as many people as we did a year ago
    - mam dwa razy tyle pracy, co ty I have twice as much work as you (have)
    - kapelusz tego samego koloru, co płaszcz a hat the same colour as the coat
    - mieszkam w tym samym domu, co on I live in the same building as he does
    - rodzice tyle go widywali, co na obiedzie his parents only saw him at dinner time
    6. pot. (kto, który) who
    - ktoś, co nigdy nie był w wojsku someone who has never been in the army
    - znam kogoś, co to chętnie zrobi I know someone who’ll be glad to do it
    - gdzie się podział ten chłopak, co u was mieszkał? what happened to the boy who used to live with you?
    - wiesz, co ty dla niego jesteś? do you know what you are to him?
    - ten młyn, co to w nim teraz jest hotel that mill that’s a hotel now
    7. pot. (dlaczego, w jakim celu) why
    - co się tak kręcisz? why can’t you sit still?
    - co tak wcześnie wstałaś? why did you get up so early?
    - coś taki wesoły? why are you so cheerful?, what are you so cheerful about?
    8. (w wyrażeniach emfatycznych) what (a)
    - co to za dureń z niego! what a clown he is! pejor.
    - co za niespodzianka! what a surprise!
    - nie masz pojęcia, co to za rozkosz! you’ve no idea what a delight it is
    Ⅱ praep. every
    - co dzień/sobota every day/Saturday
    - co dziesięć minut/dwa tygodnie every ten minutes/two weeks
    - co chwilę a. chwila every couple of minutes, every now and then
    - przystawał co krok he stopped with each a. every step
    - co jakiś czas tu zagląda, żeby sprawdzić, co robimy he looks in every now and then to check on us
    - opuszczał co drugą stronę he was skipping every other page
    Ⅲ adv. (bardziej) co ciekawsze fragmenty/książki some of the more interesting sections/books
    - co wytrwalsi zostali do końca sztuki only the most persevering stayed till the end of the play
    Ⅳ conj. (jak) as
    - (ona) pracuje w tej samej firmie co ja she works for the same company as me
    - ten sam/to samo co zawsze the same as always
    - taki sam jadłospis co przed tygodniem the same menu as a week ago
    - to już nie ten człowiek, co dawniej he’s not the man he used to be
    - jest równie inteligentny, co przebiegły he’s as intelligent as he is crafty
    - mogła mieć równie dobrze trzydzieści co czterdzieści lat she could just as well have been thirty as forty
    - co ciekawe/dziwne… what’s interesting/strange…
    - co gorsza… what’s worse…
    - co więcej… what’s more…
    Ⅴ part. pot. (jako równoważnik zdania) boisz się, co? you’re afraid, eh? pot.
    - ale ona urosła, co? she’s really grown, hasn’t she?
    - będziemy w kontakcie, co? we’ll be in touch, right? pot.
    - miłe dzieciaki, co nie? nice kids, eh? pot.
    - nie poznajesz mnie, co? you don’t recognize me, do you?
    - wszyscy gdzieś jadą na wykacje, a my co? everyone’s going somewhere on holiday, and what about us?
    - kto cię tu wpuścił, co? who let you in, eh? pot.
    - i co, zdałeś egzamin? well, did you pass (the exam)?
    - co ty, chcesz oberwać od ojca? you don’t want to get it from your father, do you? pot.
    - a ty co? dzwonka nie słyszałeś? what are you doing? – didn’t you hear the bell?
    Ⅵ co do praep. 1. (jeśli chodzi o) as for, as far as [sb/sth] is concerned
    - co do mnie, nigdy w horoskopy nie wierzyłem as for me, I’ve never believed in horoscopes
    - co do pańskiego artykułu… as for your article…, as far as your article is concerned…
    2. (w sprawie) regarding, concerning
    - mamy zastrzeżenia co do ostatniej partii towaru we have some reservations regarding the last consignment
    - jego uwagi co do nowelizacji ustawy his remarks regarding a. concerning the amendment of the law
    3. (pod względem) regarding, concerning
    - ustalenia co do zakresu prac details regarding a. concerning the scope of the work
    - druga co do wielkości partia polityczna the second largest party
    - dziesiąte co do wielkości państwo świata the world’s tenth largest state
    4. (dokładnie) to
    - co do godziny/dnia to the hour/day
    - o siódmej co do minuty at seven o’clock sharp
    - przyszedł punktualnie co do minuty he came a. arrived right on the dot pot.
    - oddał mi wszystko co do grosza he gave me back every single penny
    - powtórzyła wszystko co do słowa she repeated everything word for word
    - zginęli wszyscy co do jednego not one of them survived
    Ⅶ co…, (to) … conj. 1. (ile razy) each time
    - co wstawał, robiło mu się słabo each time he got up, he felt faint
    - co otworzył gazetę, wszędzie o Iraku every time he opened a newspaper, there was something about Iraq
    - co strzelił, to chybił every time he fired, he missed
    - co wspiął się wyżej, to zsuwał się each time he climbed up, he slipped down again
    - co premiera, to sukces each new production is/was a success
    2. (dla podkreślenia) co praca, to praca work is work (after all)
    - co chłop, to chłop you can’t beat a man (about the place)
    - co głowa, to głowa you can’t beat good brains
    - co prawda, to prawda I’ll second that
    - co dyrektor, to nie zwykły robotnik a director’s not just any worker
    Ⅷ czym…, tym… conj. kryt. czym starszy, tym głupszy the older he gets, the more foolish he becomes
    - czym większy przywódca, tym groźniejszy jego upadek the greater the leader, the further he has to fall
    ■ a co tam what do I care?, what does it matter?
    - chciała pokazać, co to nie ona she wanted to show what she was made of
    - co jak co, ale ciasto robisz pyszne say what you like, but you make delicious cake
    - czego jak czego, ale pieniędzy im nie brakuje whatever they’re short of, it’s not money
    - co najmniej at least
    - co najwyżej at most
    - co to, to nie! pot. that’s out of the question!; no way! pot.
    - co (proszę)? pot. (w odpowiedzi) what?
    - „Adam!” – „co?” ‘Adam!’ – ‘what?’
    - „jesteś tam?” – „a co?” ‘are you there?’ – ‘what do you want?’
    - co (takiego)? (wyrażające zdziwienie) what?, really?
    - dopiero a. tylko a. ledwo co only just
    - goście dopiero co wyjechali the guests have not long gone, the guests have only just left
    * * *
    1. pron
    ( w pytaniach) what

    to drzewo, co rośnie koło domu — the tree that grows by the house

    wspominał tych, co odeszli — he remembered those who had left

    zdałem egzamin, co wszystkich zaskoczyło — I passed the exam, which surprised everybody

    co się stało, to się nie odstanie — what's done cannot be undone ( w równoważnikach zdań)

    rób, co chcesz — do what you want

    co niemiara — in abundance, (pot: cokolwiek) anything

    jeśli co, daj mi znać — get in touch at the slightest thing

    2. part

    (wzmacniająco) co najwyżej — at (the) most

    co gorsza — what's worse, worse still

    co więcej — what's more, furthermore

    co chwila/krok — every lub each minute/step

    co drugi/trzeci — every second/third

    co do (+gen) — ( odnośnie do) as to, as for

    co do mnie — as far as I am concerned, ( dokładnie) (exact) to

    3. conj

    co strzelił, to chybił — every time he shot he missed

    4. adv
    (pot: dlaczego) why
    * * *
    co
    pron.
    Gen. czego Dat. czemu Ins. i Loc. czym
    1. ( zastępuje rzeczowniki) what; rób, co chcesz do what you want; czego (znowu) chcesz? what do you want (now)?; zwł. z irytacją what is it that you want (now)?; co to będzie? (= co chcesz zrobić?) what is it going to be?, what'll it be?; (= co się stanie?) what'll happen?; po co? what for?; byle co anything; Bóg wie co God knows what; diabli wiedzą co only the Devil knows; co to, to nie I won't have that; jeszcze czego! anything else?, what('s) next?; bądź co bądź anyway; w czym rzecz what's the matter; w razie czego (just) in case, if need(s) be; jak przyjdzie co do czego when the chips are down; nie ma co! there is no point; co komu do tego? it is none of anybody's business, why should it be anyone's business?, why should they care?; co mi tam! I don't care, I couldn't care less, who cares?; co będzie, to będzie happen what may; będzie co ma być what is to be, will be; what must be, must be; what will be, will be; co było, a nie jest, nie pisze się w rejestr let bygones be bygones; co z oczu, to z serca out of sight, out of mind; co się stało, to się nie odstanie what's been done cannot be undone, let bygones be bygones; co za dużo, to niezdrowo too much of a good thing, too much breaks the bag; co się odwlecze, to nie uciecze there is luck in leisure; co ma wisieć, nie utonie he that is born to be hanged shall never be drowned, if you're born to be hanged then you'll never be drowned; co nagle, to po diable haste makes waste; czym chata bogata, tym rada what's mine is yours; co ma piernik do wiatraka what do these two things have in common?, it is quite beside the point.
    2. (jako zaimek względny, głównie w pytaniach i zdaniach złożonych) co tchu at full l. top speed, in all haste; tyle, co kot napłakał next to nothing; co do grosza not a penny less, not a penny more; tyle pomoże, co umarłemu kadzidło it won't do any good, it won't help at all.
    conj.
    part.
    1. ( wyraża powtarzalność) every; co krok every step; co godzina/co chwila/co miesiąc/co roku every hour/every moment/every month/every year; co prawda admittedly; co prawda, to prawda you're right; co rusz every moment, every time; na co dzień every day; co i raz pot. every moment, every time; co kraj, to obyczaj every country has its customs; every land has its own law; so many countries, so many customs.
    2. ( wzmacnia przysłówki) what, still; co gorsza what's worse, worse still; co więcej what's more; co dwie głowy, to nie jedna two heads are better than one.
    3. (wyraża pytanie o przyczynę, cel) why; co się tak długo zastanawiasz? why have you been dwelling on it so long?

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > co

  • 20 alioqui

    ălĭōquī (Corssen, Ausspr. II. p. 839, questions the MS. authority for the forms ălĭ-ōquin and cĕtĕrōquin, but if they are genuine, he believes they have the prep. in affixed, as in deoin), adv. (prop. abl. alioqui, i. e. alio quo modo, in some other way; used in the ante-Aug. per. only once in Lucr.; but freq. after that per., esp. by the histt., and by Pliny the younger).
    I.
    Lit., to indicate that something has its existence or right in all but the exception given, in other respects, for the rest, otherwise; Gr. allôs, often with adj. standing either before or after it:

    milites tantum, qui sequerentur currum, defuerunt: alioqui magnificus triumphus fuit,

    Liv. 37, 46 Madv.;

    8, 9: Hannibal tumulum tutum commodumque alioqui, nisi quod longinquae aquationis erat, cepit,

    id. 30, 29, 10:

    atqui si vitiis mediocribus ac mea paucis Mendosa est natura, alioquin recta,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 66 K. and H.:

    solitus alioquin id temporis luxus principis intendere,

    Tac. A. 13, 20 Halm; so id. ib. 4, 37; Curt. 7, 4, 8; 8, 2, 2.—Sometimes concessive, hence also with quamquam, quamvis, cum, as for the rest, besides: triumphatum de Tiburtibus: alioqui mitis victoria fuit, i. e. although in other respects the victory was, etc., Liv. 7, 19: at si tantula pars oculi media illa peresa est, Incolumis quamvis alioqui splendidus orbis ( al though in other respects uninjured and clear) occidit extemplo lumen, Lucr. 3, 414 (Lachmann rejected this line; Munro receives it and reads alioquoi):

    ideo nondum eum legi, cum alioqui validissime cupiam,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 35 Keil; so Plin. 10, 69, 93, § 198.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    To indicate that something exists, avails, or has influence in other cases beside those mentioned, yet, besides, moreover (syn.:

    porro, praeterea): sed haec quidem alioquin memoria magni professoris, uti interponeremus, effecit,

    Cels. 8, 4:

    ne pugnemus igitur, cum praesertim plurimis alioqui Graecis sit utendum,

    very many other Greek words besides, Quint. 2, 14, 4 Halm:

    non tenuit iram Alexander, cujus alioqui potens non erat,

    of which he had not the control at other times, Curt. 4, 2, 6; Tac. H. 3, 32:

    quā occasione Caesar, validus alioquin spernendis honoribus hujuscemodi orationem coepit,

    id. A. 4, 37.—So in questions, Quint. 4, 5, 3.—Also et alioqui in Pliny: afficior curā; et alioqui meus pudor, mea dignitas in discrimen adducitur, Plin Ep. 2, 9, 1; so id. ib. 10, 42, 2; id. Pan. 45, 4; 68, 7; 7, 9.—And in copulative clauses with et... et, cum... tum, etc., both in general (or in other respects)... and:

    et alioqui opportune situm, et transitus eā est in Labeates,

    Liv. 43, 19:

    mors Marcelli cum alioqui miserabilis fuit, tum quod, etc.,

    id. 27, 27, 11; so Quint. 5, 6, 4; 12, 10, 63.—
    B.
    To indicate that something is in itself situated so and so, or avails in a certain manner, in itself, even in itself, himself, etc.: corpus, quod illa (Phryne) speciosissima alioqui ( in herself even most beautiful) diductā nudaverat tunicā, Quint. 2, 15, 9 Spald.; 10, 3, 13; 2, 1, 4.—
    C.
    Ellipt. like the Gr. allôs, and commonly placed at the beginning of a clause, to indicate that something must happen, if the previous assertion or assumption shall not be (which fact is not [p. 86] expressed), otherwise, else (cf. aliter, b. g):

    vidistine aliquando Clitumnum fontem? si nondum (et puto nondum: alioqui narrāsses mihi),

    Plin. Ep. 8, 8; 1, 20: Nec, si pugnent inter se, qui idem didicerunt, idcirco ars, quae utrique tradita est, non erit;

    alioqui nec armorum, etc.,

    Quint. 2, 17, 33; so id. 4, 2, 23:

    non inornata debet esse brevitas, alioqui sit indocta,

    id. 4, 2, 46:

    Da mihi liberos, alioquin moriar,

    Vulg. Gen. 30, 1; ib. Matt. 6, 1; ib. Heb. 9, 17:

    languescet alioqui industria, si nullus ex se metus aut spes,

    Tac. A. 2, 38.—
    D.
    (Eccl. Lat.) As an advers. conj., but (cf. ceterum and the Gr. alla):

    alioquin mitte manum tuam et tange os ejus et carnem,

    Vulg. Job, 2, 5. Cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 234-241.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alioqui

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • St. Peter, Prince of the Apostles —     St. Peter, Prince of the Apostles     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► St. Peter, Prince of the Apostles     The life of St. Peter may be conveniently considered under the following heads:     I. Until the Ascension of Christ     II. St. Peter in… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Fathers of the Church — • The word Father is used in the New Testament to mean a teacher of spiritual things, by whose means the soul of man is born again into the likeness of Christ: Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Fathers of the Church      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Prayers for the Dead — • Catholic teaching regarding prayers for the dead is bound up inseparably with the doctrine of purgatory and the more general doctrine of the communion of the saints, which is an article of the Apostle s Creed Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Sacrifice — • This term is identical with the English offering (Latin offerre) and the German Opfer Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Sacrifice     Sacrifice      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Egypt — • Provides information on history, religion, and literature Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Egypt     Egypt     † …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • calligraphy — calligrapher, calligraphist, n. calligraphic /kal i graf ik/, calligraphical, adj. calligraphically, adv. /keuh lig reuh fee/, n. 1. fancy penmanship, esp. highly decorative handwriting, as with a great many flourishes: She appreciated the… …   Universalium

  • Europe — • The conception of Europe as a distinct division of the earth, separate from Asia and Africa, had its origin in ancient times Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Europe     Europe    …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Holy Orders — • The sacrament by which grace and spiritual power for the discharge of ecclesiastical offices are conferred. Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Holy Orders     Holy Orders      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Christmas — • Provides a detailed overview of the holiday from the fourth century through the modern age. Includes links to related topics Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Christmas     Christmas …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Parables — • A comparison, or a parallel, by which one thing is used to illustrate another. Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Parables     Parables      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Relics — • An object, notably part of the body or clothes, remaining as a memorial of a departed saint Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Relics     Relics      …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»